Abercrombie and Kent: Escorted Tours 2019-2020

ESCORTED TOURS 2019/20

We enjoyed our 

unique journey. It 

was interesting and 

educational – our 

guide was truly 

remarkable, so 

knowledgeable 

and insightful 

Rosemary M

Dear traveller, 

We’ve been perfecting the small group escorted tour experience ever since I founded 

the company in 1962. A&K’s Escorted Tours for 2019/20 reflect everything we have 

learned in the past five decades. 

Limited to a maximum of 18 guests, our escorted tours are led by A&K’s resident tour 

directors, and feature only the best in five-star luxury accommodation and experiences 

beyond the scope of most other travel companies. Whether it’s an intimate visit with 

locals in a remote Peruvian village or peeking inside the vaults of the Hermitage 

Museum in St Petersburg, on an A&K Escorted Tour the offerings arranged by our 

insider access are simply without peer. 

There are two types of tours to choose from: Immersive Journeys, which include the 

innovative Design your Day SM concept and no single supplement for solo travellers; 

and Luxury Small Group Journeys, which feature the VIP Travelling Bellboy SM and 

Traveller’s Valet SM services. In addition, our programme of award-winning Luxury 

Expedition Cruises are led by a renowned, unparalleled team. 

Each itinerary is designed by A&K’s travel experts in our myriad offices around 

the world. These luxurious and authentic journeys will immerse you in your chosen 

destination and allow you to experience life like a local at its most inspiring 

and transformational. 

No matter whether you choose a Luxury Small Group Journey African safari, an 

Immersive Journey to Morocco or China, or a Luxury Expedition Cruise to one of 

the Poles, we will make your travel dreams an unforgettable reality. 

As always, I wish you happy travels… 

Geoffrey Kent 

Founder, Chairman & CEO 

Abercrombie & Kent 

Follow @geoffrey_kent on Instagram 

Call 01242 547 892, visit abercrombiekent.co.uk/escortedtours, or speak to one of our trusted travel agent partners 3

4 Call 01242 547 892, visit abercrombiekent.co.uk/escortedtours, or speak to one of our trusted travel agent partners

CONTENTS 

INTRODUCTION 

Letter from Geoffrey Kent......................................................... 3 

Why travel with A&K................................................................ 6 

Our people on the ground.........................................................8 

Why an A&K Escorted Tour...................................................10 

Immersive Journeys..................................................................12 

Luxury Small Group Journeys................................................14 

Luxury accommodation..........................................................16 

Extend your journey and book your flights with A&K.......17 

Transforming travel: A&K Philanthropy...............................18 

Why choose an A&K safari.....................................................20 

Deciding on your safari destination.......................................21 

AFRICA 

South Africa & Victoria Falls..................................................22 

Botswana: Safari in Style.......................................................... 24 

The Great Migration: Safari in Style....................................... 26 

Kenya & Tanzania: Wildlife Safari......................................... 30 

Climbing Kilimanjaro: Summiting the Machame Route....32 

A Naturalist’s Guide to Madagascar 

with Charlie Gardner...............................................................36 

NORTH AFRICA & THE MIDDLE EAST 

Egypt & the Nile.......................................................................38 

Jordan: Petra & Beyond............................................................42 

Splendours of Oman: City, Mountain & Desert...................46 

The Delights of Morocco.........................................................50 

INDIAN SUBCONTINENT 

Splendours of the Golden Triangle........................................64 

The Secrets of Southern India................................................. 68 

The Spice Lands of Sri Lanka..................................................72 

LATIN AMERICA 

Peru’s Ancient Marvels.............................................................76 

Galápagos Wildlife Adventure................................................80 

Inside Tracks in Argentina & Brazil....................................... 84 

Adventures in Chile..................................................................88 

Patagonia: The Last Wilderness.............................................. 92 

SOUTH-EAST ASIA & THE FAR EAST 

The Wonders of China............................................................. 94 

China & the Yangtze................................................................ 98 

Journey through Japan: From Tokyo to Kyoto...................102 

Classic Japan............................................................................106 

Images of Indochina & Angkor Wat...................................108 

Cruising the Mekong: Siam, Saigon & Angkor Wat..........112 

LUXURY EXPEDITION CRUISES 

Why visit the Arctic or Antarctica with A&K....................116 

In the company of experts.....................................................120 

Le Lyrial & Le Boreal..............................................................122 

Antarctica, South Georgia & the Falkland Islands.............124 

Arctic Cruise Adventure: 

Norway, Greenland & Iceland..............................................126 

EUROPE 

Quintessential Sicily.................................................................54 

The Treasures of Russia............................................................ 58 

Scandinavia: Stockholm, Copenhagen & Oslo.....................62 

FURTHER INFORMATION 

Terms & conditions................................................................128 


WHY TRAVEL WITH A&K 

With over 55 years of experience, more than 55 offices around the world, 

and a renowned network of connections, only A&K’s Escorted Tours can take 

you to the heart of a destination with the privilege of authentic, local access. 


TRUST & HERITAGE 

From our first pioneering safari in Africa in 1962 

– when Geoffrey Kent led his debut tour with little 

more than a refrigerated ex-Army truck and the 

best tents money could buy – we’ve been setting 

the standard for adventurous, luxury escorted 

tours. A lot has changed in the intervening years, 

but we still want to take you down the road less 

travelled, devising unique, meticulously planned 

journeys into hard-to-reach wildernesses to 

commune with authentic cultures. 

Nearly six decades later, with Geoffrey Kent still at 

the helm, we have grown into a family of over 2,500 

travel specialists. These experts have turned their 

passion for travel into a vocation. We are devoted 

to making your holiday dreams an unforgettable 

reality, and our long-standing networks allow us to 

reveal local secrets beyond the reach of most. 

When you travel with A&K, we don’t just take you 

to the front of the line; we take you to the rooms 

in the palace not typically open to visitors, on an 

exclusive tour with the best historian in the region. 

This kind of unfettered access to the authentic heart 

and soul of a place – to the people and sites that are 

set far beyond the reach of the average traveller – is 

something we pride ourselves on delivering for 

every journey we create, whether to the world’s 

most iconic or off-the-beaten-track destinations. 

It is unequivocally what sets A&K apart from 

any competitor. And it has everything to do with 

our extensive and long-established connections 

throughout every locale in which we operate. 

OUR PEOPLE 

A&K works tirelessly to design adventures you 

won’t be able to undertake with any other tour 

provider, backed up by the most robust support 

network, including over 55 offices in more than 

30 countries around the world. Unlike other 

operators, we recruit, train, and manage our own 

full-time staff, orchestrating every aspect of your 

journey with precision and flexibility, down to the 

last detail. Whether it’s the seamless flow of an 

A&K itinerary or the prompt attention paid to an 

unexpected request, you can be sure that our global 

family is the driving force making it happen. 

Your well-being is always our highest priority. 

Our network of local offices and long-established 

relationships in every region in which we operate 

allow us to keep our finger on the pulse of local 

dynamics and events. Should an averse situation 

arise, A&K has the resources at the ready to allow 

you to seamlessly continue your journey. 

CONFIDENCE 

When you book with A&K you can do so with 

complete confidence. We’re IATA accredited and 

a member of ABTA. Additionally, if you choose to 

allow us to arrange your flight, your holiday will be 

financially protected as we’re proudly part of the 

ATOL scheme. 

AWARD-WINNING WINNER 

A&K’s service and 

reputation are tested every 

day by the most discerning 

critics: our clients. And 

BEST LUXURY TOUR OPERATOR 

time and again, we pass 

with flying colours. Travellers who choose A&K 

often write to tell us they’re now too spoilt to travel 

with anyone else. They vote for us too – thanks 

to those who have journeyed with us, we have 

won distinctions that include ‘Best Tour Operator 

2018’ in the Luxury Lifestyle Magazine Readers’ 

Travel Awards. In 2018, A&K was ‘Best Luxury 

Tour Operator’ for the third time at the annual 

News UK Travel Awards, voted for by the readers 

of The Times, The Sunday Times, and The Sunday 

Times Travel Magazine. Among our peers, we are 

consistently recognised as the gold standard for 

luxury travel, and have been awarded industry 

accolades including ‘Best Small Luxury Tour 

Operator 2016’ at The Telegraph ULTRA awards; 

and in 2018, for the ninth consecutive year, A&K 

was voted ‘Africa’s Leading Luxury Tour Operator’ 

at the World Travel Awards. 

SIGNATURE MOMENTS 

Every journey brings discovery and delight. We 

know that by travelling with us, you are searching 

for momentous experiences – memories that will 

last a lifetime. While all A&K Escorted Tours’ 

clients are like-minded, we understand that 

everyone is an individual and no two sets of needs 

and desires are the same. While one person will 

be wowed by views of the Taj Mahal at sunrise or 

sunset, another traveller will be blown away by 

sipping a sundowner by the Dead Sea. We celebrate 

that uniqueness and individuality – whatever a 

signature moment means to you, we guarantee that 

on an A&K Escorted Tour, you will have it. 


OUR PEOPLE 

ON THE GROUND 

We are a truly global brand. We have more than 55 offices 

around the world and there isn’t much ground our worldwide 

family of 2,500 experts hasn’t trodden. Between them, they 

have visited nearly every country on Earth. They have gone 

off the beaten track all around the world, to help you find 

authentic experiences in far-flung places. 

OUR A&K OFFICES 

Buenos Aires, Argentina 

Melbourne, Australia (2) 

Maun, Botswana 

Rio de Janeiro, Brazil 

Phnom Penh, Cambodia 

Santiago, Chile 

Beijing, China (2) 

Hong Kong, China 

Shanghai, China 

Quito, Ecuador 

Abu Simbel, Egypt 

Alexandria, Egypt 

Aswan, Egypt 

Cairo, Egypt (2) 

Hurghada, Egypt 

Luxor, Egypt 

Sharm El-Sheikh, Egypt 

Agra, India 

Bharatpur, India 

Jaipur, India 

New Delhi, India 

Florence, Italy 

Amman, Jordan 

Mombasa, Kenya 

Nairobi, Kenya 

Monte Carlo, Monaco 

Casablanca, Morocco 

Marrakech, Morocco 

Bagan, Myanmar 

Inle Lake, Myanmar 

Mandalay, Myanmar 

Yangon, Myanmar 

Auckland, New Zealand 

Cusco, Peru 

Lima, Peru 

Moscow, Russia 

St Petersburg, Russia 

Kigali, Rwanda 

Cape Town, 

South Africa 

Johannesburg, South Africa 

Madrid, Spain 

Colombo, Sri Lanka 

Zurich, Switzerland 

Arusha, Tanzania 

Bangkok, Thailand 

Kampala, Uganda 

Cheltenham, UK (2) 

Harrods, UK 

London, UK 

Chicago, US (2) 

Da Nang, Vietnam 

Hanoi, Vietnam 

Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam 

Lusaka, Zambia 



WHY AN A&K 

ESCORTED TOUR 

When it comes to choosing an A&K Escorted Tour, you can be sure it has 

everything you need included – and that you’re not going to be unpleasantly 

surprised at any stage of your trip. A&K’s approach to guided holidays 

means that you have all the information you need as soon as you start 

planning the tour of your dreams. We pride ourselves on inclusions that 

make your trip as authentic as possible, while ensuring it’s also as special as 

you want. Here’s everything that’s included on an A&K Escorted Tour... 


33OUR RESIDENT TOUR 

DIRECTORS & GUIDES 

Their expertise is unmatched and their 

excitement is contagious. Not only have 

they lived for decades, or even their entire 

lives, in the places you visit, they are 

year-round residents with the kind of insight 

into local culture that can only come from being 

permanently immersed in a destination. Small 

wonder our guests rated them as ‘excellent’ 

more than 95 per cent of the time last year. 

Overseeing your entire journey, they accompany 

you every day, sharing a beyond-the-guidebook 

understanding of daily life that stems from their 

own genuine curiosity, and introducing you to 

everything from temples in their most flattering 

light to side-street cafés that serve up the local 

delicacies you’ve been dying to try, made to 

a centuries-old recipe. The result is a journey 

that reveals the real spirit of a place, connecting 

you to the people, places, and wildlife you’ll 

encounter in a way you’ll never forget. 

33GUARANTEED DEPARTURES 

As long as we have at least two people booked on 

an A&K Escorted Tour, it will take place. So you 

don’t need to worry about a last-minute phone 

call saying your holiday has to be cancelled. If 

you’re committed to going, then so are we. 

33SMALL GROUPS 

This is how to travel in a group. We guarantee 

that no tour will have more than 18 guests on 

it, and we average about 14 on our trips. This 

means you travel in a like-minded group at a 

pace that suits you all. And that you will have 

easy and personal access to your expert guides, 

throughout the journey.* 

*Please note there are some exceptions to the maximum 

group size of 18; and in some instances on cruising days 

during your itinerary, your group can be aboard a boat 

with multiple A&K groups of 18. Refer to the group size 

reference on each itinerary. 

33FIVE-STAR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

Enjoy the top level of accommodation 

available throughout your trip. We make 

certain that all our hotels are the best quality 

and luxurious, ensuring you the holiday 

you deserve. In some developing or remote 

regions occasionally featured in our pioneering 

and more adventurous itineraries, ‘five-star’ 

accommodation may not always exist. In these 

rare instances, we choose the best quality and 

most luxurious option available. 

33AIRPORT MEET & GREET, 

RETURN PRIVATE TRANSFERS 

Be truly escorted on every step of your journey 

with an airport meet and greet service on arrival 

and return private transfers to and from your 

first and last hotels. 

33EXCURSIONS AS STATED, 

ENTRANCE FEES, TAXES, & TIPS 

Let us take the strain off your wallet while you 

are away by making sure you won’t need to think 

about the usual sundry costs of entrance fees, 

taxes, and tips (excluding one for your resident 

tour director, which is at your discretion). 

These are all included in the price of the tour, 

meaning you can focus on the experience, not 

the expense. 

33DOMESTIC FLIGHTS, 

WHERE APPLICABLE 

If in-country travel is necessary during your 

A&K Escorted Tour, rest assured once again 

that the cost is accounted for and you won’t 

be asked for more. 

33WELCOME & 

FAREWELL DINNERS 

Being part of an A&K Escorted Tour is more 

than just a trip away. It’s a chance to meet other 

travellers and enjoy the experience together. Our 

welcome and farewell dinners provide the perfect 

frame around your holiday – this is when your 

memories will begin and then be cemented. 

We also include most breakfasts in your stay, as 

well as selected lunches and dinners throughout. 

33WIFI IN ACCOMMODATION 

If you really want to be online – checking emails 

or sharing the memories you are making – wifi 

in accommodation is included in your package, 

wherever we can make it happen. 

33SCENIC SUNDOWNERS 

There’s always time for a sunset celebration of 

your travel experience, so on selected days and 

in the most idyllic locations, enjoy a beverage 

with a view on us. 

LUXURY 

SMALL GROUP 

JOURNEYS 

IMMERSIVE 

JOURNEYS 

SELECT YOUR TOUR 

Our guided tours come in two formats: Luxury Small 

Group Journeys and Immersive Journeys. Read on 

to find the one that’s right for you. 


IMMERSIVE JOURNEYS 

The Immersive Journeys that A&K offers are ideally suited to travellers who like 

the support of an escorted group, but with a little bit more freedom. Taking every 

day at a more leisurely pace, these trips are truly immersive. They are in-depth and 

informative, giving you the chance to understand the culture, history, or lifestyle you 

have travelled to experience. 


IMMERSIVE 

JOURNEYS 

Pick from three distinct 

Design your Day SM themes 

to help you easily identify 

the option that suits you 

These trips offer the same promises whether you are 

travelling with family, with friends, or alone, as well 

as all the features highlighted on pages 10 & 11. 

33NO SINGLE SUPPLEMENTS 

Travelling solo? Book early and the first four 

solo places won’t pay any single supplement. 

The same journey, the same luxury, guaranteed 

at the same price. 

33DESIGN YOUR DAY SM 

An innovative addition to the Immersive 

Journey itinerary is A&K’s new Design your 

Day SM concept. On these days you have the 

freedom to pick an experience that is suited to 

you and your interests. These are grouped into 

three themes to help you choose the ideal way 

to spend your day (see right). 

ARTS & CULTURE 

A chance to really understand what 

makes each destination unique, and the 

influences that framed its development 

33LEISURELY PACE 

Clients travelling on these trips enjoy enough 

time at each location to take in all of its sights – 

from the popular to the lesser known. 

33FLEXIBILITY 

Travelling at an unhurried rate also means 

more downtime in your chosen destination. 

Go with the slow and explore under your own 

steam. Your resident tour director and guides 

will be happy to make recommendations based 

on your interests and tastes – from niche 

museums and specialist stores to hidden city 

cafés that the locals all love – for you to find in 

your leisure time. 

CULINARY DELIGHTS 

Live like a local and learn how to make 

favourite foods and signature dishes in 

classes taught by local cooks and chefs 

ACTIVE 

Get the adrenalin pumping as you head 

out on more physical adventures that 

will enhance your escorted tour 


LUXURY SMALL 

GROUP JOURNEYS 

If you’re looking to fit as much as you can into your holiday, our Luxury 

Small Group Journeys are just the ticket. Travelling at a faster pace than 

our Immersive Journeys, you will be sure to experience all the facets of 

a destination, while gaining an understanding of exactly how these piece 

together, thanks to our expert guides. 


LUXURY 

SMALL GROUP 

JOURNEYS 

Everything on these trips is designed to make life as easy as possible for you with several elements 

you won’t want to miss out on, in addition to all the features highlighted on pages 10 & 11. 

33VIP TRAVELLING BELLBOY SM 

Make sure your travels are hassle-free as you are picked up from the airport, with your 

baggage all handled for you by your own personal bellboy. 

33TRAVELLER’S VALET SM 

Don’t worry about packing extra clothes on this trip as you will receive a complimentary 

laundry service at the midpoint of your journey, making sure you’re as fresh as the 

experiences you’re having. 

33UNIQUE & VARIED DINING EXPERIENCES 

Enjoy breakfast in bed at A&K’s expense on selected days, and participate in a culinary 

demonstration at the chef ’s table at specially chosen restaurants in your tour destinations. 

33RIDE LIKE A LOCAL 

Experience the real locale as you take to the streets by cyclo or tuk-tuk, just like the residents. 

This is how to see the authentic towns and countryside, in a way that won’t harm the 

environment but will bring you closer to nature. 


LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

FIVE-STAR TREATMENT 

When luxury is what you’re looking for, there’s no reason to settle for second-best. 

Our local experts choose the premier hotels in each location – often award-winning 

properties, and always synonymous with five-star style. In some developing or remote 

regions occasionally featured in our pioneering and more adventurous itineraries, 

five-star accommodation may not always exist. In these rare instances, we choose the 

best quality and most luxurious option available. 

ONE-OF-A-KIND LOCATIONS 

When considering a hotel, our specialists look at more than just the rooms. 

Wherever possible, we arrange for stays close to the destinations you dream of seeing, 

in the region’s best properties. Luxuriate at the ITC Mughal in Agra for easy access 

to the Taj Mahal; or stay at The Victoria Falls Hotel to see the smoke that rises 

from Mosi-oa-Tunya. 

INTIMATE BOUTIQUE CAMPS & LODGES 

As a home base on secluded and extraordinary wilderness adventures, our journeys 

feature luxurious boutique camps and lodges available only to smaller groups, 

and always with an incredible front-row seat to wildlife displays, often just outside 

your door. 

STYLISH SHIPS 

Our commitment to luxury doesn’t stop at the water’s edge: when it comes to polar, 

ocean, and river cruising with A&K, step aboard knowing you’ll experience the same 

comfort, service, and style you would on land, all while discovering the joys of life on 

the water. 


EXTEND YOUR 

JOURNEY 

Discover a region in greater detail with a tailor-made extension, added to the start or 

end of your escorted tour. Speak to your A&K travel specialist about your desires and 

needs, and they will be happy to create a bespoke, compatible addition to your tour. 

Some non-group extensions are highlighted throughout on the Immersive Journeys 

pages – for example, you could top and tail Peru’s Ancient Marvels with a Chiclayo and 

Trujillo pre-tour extension and post-trip Amazon cruise. 

Alternatively, some of our Luxury Small Group Journeys feature small-group 

extensions, all led by local experts. Lengthen your well-deserved holiday with a 

harmonious addition. Come back down to Earth in style when you enjoy a safari in 

Tanzania after the Climbing Kilimanjaro: Summiting the Machame Route tour. Or 

visit Reykjavík in Iceland after experiencing the Arctic Cruise Adventure. Look out for 

the pre- and post-tour extensions flagged throughout this brochure. The prices of all 

extensions featured in this brochure are per person and based on two sharing. 

BOOK YOUR 

FLIGHTS WITH A&K 

Flights are not included in the price of our escorted tours – we believe this works to 

your advantage, allowing you to travel when and how you wish. Thanks to our extensive 

experience in air travel and well-established, excellent relationships with partner airlines, 

A&K travel specialists and dedicated ‘air team’ know when and how to book the very 

best flights for you – at ideal times, with the amenities you desire, and at the best price. 

Contact your A&K travel specialist to allow us to go to work finding you the ideal flight. 


TRANSFORMING TRAVEL: 

FROM ADVENTURE TO ADVANTAGE 

The travel industry is evolving. Greater equity 

and sustainability from tourism is becoming 

a key element of every holiday. Ensuring that 

the local community benefits from the tourist 

economy is vital to the majority of our A&K 

Escorted Tours’ clients. 

From its inception in 1982, Abercrombie & 

Kent Philanthropy (AKP) has been dedicated 

to positively impacting lives and livelihoods in 

the communities to which our guests travel. 

From Africa to Asia, Latin America to 

the Antarctic, we are working with partner 

communities on 41 education, healthcare, 

conservation, and enterprise development 

projects, across 20 countries and with eight 

full-time A&K Philanthropy co-ordinators – 

a philanthropic commitment unequalled by 

our peers. 

We are committed to ensuring guests learn 

about our philanthropic investments as an 

integral part of their travel experience. For 

many of our clients, their ‘wow’ Signature 

Moment comes courtesy of A&K Philanthropy 

projects – the dedicated co-ordinators at 

work on these projects, and the face-to-face 

interactions with communities reveal genuine 

local perspectives. From meeting the rangers 

protecting rhino in Botswana to witnessing 

the impact of clean water from AKP-dug 

wells in Cambodia, guests learn how these 

communities are tackling big challenges and 

achieving inspirational triumphs. 

AKP is committed to operating with 

integrity, accountability, and openness. We are 

proud to have received a gold-level GuideStar 

‘Seal of Transparency’. 

OUR FOUR MAIN MISSION OBJECTIVES ARE: 

Education 

Providing a supportive learning environment, we are committed to enabling 

children and young adults to fulfil their potential with many diverse opportunities. 

Conservation 

Partnering with communities living on the edge of wilderness areas, we support 

strategies to maintain a balance between endangered species, fragile ecosystems, 

and economic opportunity. 

Health 

We actively support the water, sanitation, and other health-related needs of 

residents within our partner communities, ensuring greater well-being for all. 

Enterprise 

Training our partner communities in self-support and income-generating activities, 

we help drive the growth of economic opportunity and deliver other innovations to 

positively impact local livelihoods. 


AKP in action 

Look for the AKP logo on our itinerary pages – it indicates an opportunity to visit an 

A&K Philanthropy project on your Immersive Journey or Luxury Small Group Journey. 

DEEPALAYA SCHOOL 

Splendours of the 

Golden Triangle 

CAMBODIA CLEAN 

WATER PROJECT 

Images of Indochina 

& Angkor Wat 

ENKERERI PRIMARY 

SCHOOL 

The Great Migration: 

Safari in Style 

CHILDREN OF THE 

RAINBOW SCHOOL 

Peru’s Ancient Marvels 

NAKATINDI COMMUNITY 

& SCHOOL 

Botswana: Safari in Style 

AKP PROJECT 

SPOTLIGHT 

Cambodia Clean 

Water Project 

Travel to rural Cambodia on 

Images of Indochina & Angkor 

Wat and meet a family who has 

benefited from the installation 

of a well. Witness first-hand the 

impact that clean water has on 

their lives, including improved 

prosperity from irrigated fields. 

We experienced 

positive energy at 

every moment 

Aileen S remembers her visit to 

Children of the Rainbow School 

during her A&K tour in Peru 

For more information on AKP projects around 

the world, visit akphilanthropy.org 


WHY CHOOSE 

AN A&K SAFARI 

The original and still the best: while others seek to emulate A&K’s safari experience, ours remain 

unparalleled. So what makes us the world’s best safari company, year after year? 

MORE THAN 55 YEARS OF 

ON-THE-GROUND EXPERIENCE 

A&K was born in Kenya in 1962, when Geoffrey Kent 

invented the modern luxury African safari. More than 

five decades later, A&K is still setting the standard for an 

African journey like no other, delivering meticulously 

planned tours into hard-to-reach wildernesses to meet 

authentic cultures. Where other safari companies 

subcontract their services from a continent away, we live 

and work every day in the very same areas you visit. 

A PEERLESS LOCAL PRESENCE 

Our long-standing connections – and 12 offices in 

sub-Saharan Africa – allow us to offer the most desirable 

room categories, the best game-viewing locations for 

lodges and camps, and unmatched service at every stage 

of your journey. 

SIMPLY THE BEST SAFARI GUIDES 

A&K’s safari guides are handpicked for their expertise in 

Africa’s culture, flora, and wildlife. In Kenya, every A&K 

guide has attained a minimum of bronze-level certification 

from the Kenya Professional Safari Guides Association – 

that’s more than any other tour operator. 

CUSTOM SAFARI VEHICLES 

WE DESIGN, BUILD, & OWN 

While other safari providers rent or lease their vehicles, 

A&K owns and maintains a custom fleet – the finest in 

East Africa. These conveyances have been built to our 

specifications, with high front and side windows providing 

great views; air conditioning in most vehicles (a blessing 

on hot afternoons in the bush); a refrigerator filled with 

chilled water; and even wifi access (for posting Big Five 

sightings straight to Instagram). 

ONLY THE FINEST SAFARI 

CAMPS & LODGES 

Retreat daily to your own veranda-fronted tent or restful 

lodge to enjoy an unexpected haven of five-star comfort 

in the heart of Africa. From Sanctuary Ngorongoro 

Crater Camp in Tanzania and Sanctuary Chief ’s Camp 

in Botswana, to Four Seasons Safari Lodge Serengeti 

and renowned Gibb’s Farm, our safaris feature luxurious 

accommodation positioned away from the crowds, and 

near an abundance of wildlife and scenic views. 

EXCELLENCE RECOGNISED BY 

TRAVELLERS & TRAVEL PROS 

A&K’s African safaris have won acclaim from guests 

and travel professionals alike. At the World Travel Awards 

in 2018, we have been chosen as ‘Africa’s Leading Luxury 

Tour Operator’ for the ninth consecutive year; and across 

the pond in the US, we have been named ‘Best Tour 

Operator in Africa’ for 12 years running by the readers 

of Travel Weekly – accolades the global family is justifiably 

proud of. In Africa and throughout the world, A&K sets 

the standard. 


DECIDING ON 

YOUR DESTINATION 

As you try to pick the A&K safari journey which best suits your travel interests, 

it helps to understand how the safari experience differs between East Africa 

and Southern Africa. 

EAST AFRICA: 

CLASSIC APPEAL 

East Africa (including Kenya, Tanzania, and Uganda) is the definition of classic safari country. Home 

to the vast Serengeti and Masai Mara as well as the teeming Ngorongoro Crater, East Africa has formed 

the backdrop for legendary safari expeditions since the days of Ernest Hemingway and Karen Blixen, 

and served as the birthplace of A&K. 

In northern Tanzania, the seemingly endless horizon yields to Mount Kilimanjaro – the tallest 

mountain in Africa, at over 5,895 metres. Conquer it with surety – A&K enjoys the highest summit 

rate of any operator in Africa. 

Wildlife viewing throughout Kenya and Tanzania is reliably spectacular. The famed Big Five – lion, 

leopard, elephant, rhino, and Cape buffalo – are sighted here on a regular basis, along with hundreds of 

other species, ranging from wildebeest and zebra to antelope and giraffe. And up-close encounters with 

mountain gorilla are available, on an extension with A&K that takes you trekking through Uganda. 

East Africa’s wide-open grasslands also bear witness to the Great Migration, when millions of 

wildebeest, zebra, antelope and other herd animals make their annual trek in search of water and fresh 

grazing land, stalked by predators every step of the way. One of nature’s most incredible spectacles, the 

Great Migration vividly illustrates the timeless circle of life in the wild. 

SOUTHERN AFRICA: 

DYNAMIC & DIVERSE 

Southern Africa, an area encompassing Zambia, Zimbabwe, Botswana, Namibia, and South Africa, 

offers varying topography. From the forests of Botswana to incomparable Victoria Falls, which borders 

both Zambia and Zimbabwe, and from the stark, stunning sand dunes of the Namib Desert to the 

bushveld of South Africa’s private reserves, variety abounds. 

Southern African wildlife is similarly varied, with the iconic big cats – lion, leopard, and cheetah 

– always on the prowl. In Botswana, the lush Okavango Delta draws a profusion of species, including 

hippo, giraffe, crocodile, rhino, and baboon, which A&K clients encounter in private game reserves. 

The nation of South Africa offers exceptional safari experiences, first-rate culinary and cultural 

opportunities, ranging from tastings at award-winning wineries in the ruggedly beautiful Cape 

Winelands, to visits to historical sites and the majestic Table Mountain in the country’s cosmopolitan 

‘Mother City’, Cape Town. 


South Africa & 

Victoria Falls 

LUXURY 

SMALL GROUP 

JOURNEYS 

9 days/8 nights | From £8,055 per person | Maximum 18 guests 

This eclectic itinerary offers nine days of pure delight. Visit Cape Town’s most intriguing 

attractions, tour mighty Victoria Falls, and experience the wildlife wonders of Kruger 

KEY HIGHLIGHTS 

›› 

Experience South Africa’s 

treasures, from Cape Town 

to Kruger National Park 

›› 

See Table Mountain, 

the Cape of Good Hope, 

and a penguin colony 

›› 

Enjoy game drives, bush 

walks, and wildlife lectures 

while on safari 

›› 

Cruise the Zambezi River 

at sunset with a scenic 

sundowner cocktail 

›› 

Visit the natural wonder of 

Victoria Falls on a private 

walking tour 

INCLUSIONS 

33 

Five-star luxury accommodation 

33 

Resident tour director & 

English-speaking expert 

local guides 

33 

Airport meet & greet 

& return private transfers 

33 

Entrance fees, taxes & tips, 

& excursions as stated 

33 

Domestic flights included 

33 

Welcome & farewell dinners 

33 

8 breakfasts, 6 lunches 

& 6 dinners 

33 

Wifi in accommodation 

33 

Scenic sundowners 

33 

Travelling Bellboy SM 

33 

Complimentary breakfast in bed 

on Day 3 

33 

Traveller’s Valet SM on Day 5 

Cape 

Town 


Johannesburg 

Winelands 

DAY 1: Arrive Cape Town, 

South Africa 

Land in Cape Town, a beautiful harbour 

city where old and new converge in history, 

architecture, cultural pursuits, and its people. 

Warmed by the African sun, the city is 

dominated by the towering, flat-topped Table 

Mountain, set on a peninsula of rocky heights 

and lush valleys. An A&K representative 

transfers you to your luxurious hotel. 

One&Only Cape Town 

ZAMBIA 

Livingstone 

Hwange 

National 

Park 

SOUTH AFRICA 

ZIMBABWE 

DAY 2: Cape Town 

Wind your way to Table Mountain; ascend 

to its sky-high plateau by cable car (weather 

permitting) for dazzling views of city and 

sea. Next, see Groote Kerk, City Hall on the 

Grand Parade, and other notable buildings. 

Continue past the pentagonal Castle of Good 

Hope, originally built by the Dutch East India 

Company. When available, stop at Streetwires, 

where locals craft unique wire and bead art. 

Next, visit Kirstenbosch National Botanical 

Garden alongside a private local guide 

before tonight’s welcome dinner. A resident 

chef or sommelier guides you through a 

contemporary feast. 

One&Only Cape Town | Meals: B L D 

Kruger 

National Park 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

AIR 

ROAD 

EXTENSION 

DAY 3: Cape Town 

Head to Cape Point, the mountainous 

promontory at the south-western tip of the 

continent. Pass by the ‘bikini beaches’ at 

the base of the towering Twelve Apostles 

mountains, bucolic Hout Bay’s bustling fishing 

harbour, and over the famous Chapman’s 

Peak Drive. Explore Cape Peninsula and 

Cape of Good Hope Nature Reserve in search 

of bontebok, chacma baboon, and endemic 

plant species. Ride the Flying Dutchman, the 

funicular at blustery Cape Point, and, from 

July to November, watch for southern right 

whale. At Boulders Beach, see endangered 

African penguin; accustomed to humans, they 

provide endless photo opportunities. Spend 

the remainder of your day as you wish. 

One&Only Cape Town | Meals: B L 

DAY 4: Greater Kruger Area 

Fly to either the Lion Sands River Lodge in 

Sabi Sands Game Reserve, set among the 

ancient trees on the banks of the Sabie River; 

or MalaMala Main Camp in the private 

MalaMala Game Reserve, on the lush banks 

of the Sand River. Both of these wildlife-rich 

properties boast private reserves which border 

Kruger National Park. Once you’re settled into 

your elegant accommodation, set off in search 

of the Big Five and other wildlife. 

Lion Sands River Lodge/MalaMala Main Camp | 

Meals: B L D 

DAYS 5 & 6: Greater Kruger Area 

Spend two days immersed in your private 

game reserve. Embark on game drives in 

open safari vehicles and take morning game 

walks with your ranger. This region is one of 

the finest in Africa for abundant wildlife. As 

you explore, learn about the flora and fauna, 

and acquire some basic tracking skills. Also 

today, participate in a chef ’s table culinary 

experience, preparing a traditional South 

African dish. At dusk, stop for a sundowner, 

and then search for nocturnal animals before 

returning to your lodge for dinner. 

Lion Sands River Lodge/MalaMala Main Camp | 

Meals: B L D 


AFRICA 

DATES & PRICING 

GUARANTEED 

DEPARTURE 

DATES (2019) 

PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

SINGLE 

SUPP. 

FROM 

SOUTHERN AFRICA 

JANUARY: 

9, 20, 31 £8,055 £2,225 

FEBRUARY: 

8, 18 £8,055 £2,225 

MARCH: 

3, 5, 18 £8,055 £2,225 

APRIL: 

4, 19 £8,055 £2,225 

MAY: 

11, 22, 25, 31 £8,055 £2,225 

YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

DAY 7: Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe 

Today, fly to Livingstone, Zambia, and then 

transfer to your hotel in Victoria Falls, 

Zimbabwe. After lunch, enjoy an afternoon 

at leisure, anticipating tomorrow’s visit to the 

falls once called Mosi-oa-Tunya (‘The Smoke 

That Thunders’). 

The Victoria Falls Hotel | Meals: B L D 

DAY 8: Victoria Falls 

Take a guided walking tour of breathtaking 

Victoria Falls, one of the world’s greatest 

natural wonders, and explore the surrounding 

rainforest. See rainbows and clouds of spray 

as the mile-wide Upper Zambezi plummets 

into the Lower Zambezi. Afterwards, you may 

opt to shop at the stalls of artisans at a local 

market. At sunset, cruise the Zambezi, viewing 

hippo and elephant at the shore, while sipping 

a cocktail for a delightfully relaxing scenic 

sundowner. Gather together tonight for a 

farewell dinner. 

The Victoria Falls Hotel | Meals: B D 

DAY 9: Depart Johannesburg, 

South Africa 

Fly to Johannesburg, where you can access the 

Premier Lounge, before departing for home. 

Meals: B 

TAILOR-MADE TRAVEL WITH A&K 

Ask us about how to customise 

this itinerary to create the perfect 

bespoke holiday, just for you. 

JUNE: 

11, 23 £8,055 £2,225 

JULY: 

5, 18, 26 £8,055 £2,225 

AUGUST: 

9, 14, 16, 25 £8,055 £2,225 

SEPTEMBER: 

1, 17, 19, 29 £8,055 £2,225 

OCTOBER: 

11, 15, 25, 30 £8,055 £2,225 

NOVEMBER: 

15, 29 £8,055 £2,225 

DECEMBER: 

12 £8,055 £2,225 

JOURNEY DETAILS 

Please note that Table Mountain closes annually 

mid-July to mid-August. Alternate touring will 

be provided for affected departures. On certain 

departures, you will stay on Days 4-6 at MalaMala 

Main Camp rather than Lion Sands River Lodge, or in 

alternative (equivalent) accommodation on Days 1-3 

and/or Days 7 & 8. Please speak to your specialist for 

more information. 

FLIGHTS 

To provide you with flexibility and the latest flight offers, 

we don’t include international flights. Our specialists 

will be able to find the best travel options to suit you. 

PRE & POST-TOUR 

EXTENSIONS 

Winelands pre-tour extension – 

three days from £2,150pp 

Available on the following departures: 

8 & 18 Feb; 11 & 25 May; 5 & 18 Jul; 

9, 16 & 25 Aug; 1 & 29 Sep. 

Hwange post-tour extension – 

four days from £2,335pp 


8 & 18 Feb; 11 & 31 May; 23 Jun; 5 & 18 Jul; 

9, 16 & 25 Aug; 1 & 29 Sep. 

Contact a specialist for more information 

about how to extend your escorted tour. 

One&Only Cape Town 

Condé Nast Traveller Gold List 

hotel with Table Mountain views 

Lion Sands River Lodge 

Luxurious lodge with incredible vistas 

overlooking the Sabie River 

MalaMala Main Camp 

Luxury tents set on one of South 

Africa’s oldest private game reserves 

The Victoria Falls Hotel 

Historic colonial-style hotel just a 

10-minute walk from Victoria Falls 


Botswana: 


LUXURY 

SMALL GROUP 

JOURNEYS 


From the scenic to the sublime, this safari adventure offers a huge range of experiences. 

Traverse this great safari destination and its landscapes as you seek out the Big Five 


›› 

Get tips on capturing the 

best Big Five images 

during a private lecture 

with a professional 

photographer 

›› 

Glide through the 

Okavango Delta in a 

mokoro (dugout canoe) 

›› 

Take a private tour of 

Victoria Falls, experiencing 

them from both the Zambia 

and Zimbabwe sides 

›› 

Coast along the Zambezi 

River on a sunset cruise 

INCLUSIONS 

33 


33 

Resident tour director 

& English-speaking expert 

local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


33 


& 9 dinners 

33 


33 

Scenic sundowner 

33 


33 

Complimentary breakfast in 

bed on Day 2 

33 

Limited laundry service 

available at all camps & lodges 

ZAMBIA 

Livingstone 

ZIMBABWE 

Chobe National Park 

Victoria 

Okavango Delta Falls 

Maun 

NAMIBIA 

Cape Town 

BOTSWANA 

SOUTH AFRICA 

DAY 1: Arrive Johannesburg, 

South Africa 

Land in Johannesburg and transfer to your 

hotel. Tonight, enjoy a gourmet welcome 

dinner prepared with locally sourced 

ingredients. A professional photographer 

joins you to offer tips for the days ahead. 

Saxon Boutique Hotel, Villas and Spa | Meals: D 

DAY 2: Livingstone, Zambia 

Fly to Livingstone, Zambia, where you’re met 

by your A&K resident tour director. Continue 

to Sanctuary Sussi & Chuma, and settle into 

your luxury treehouse built into the riverside 

canopy. At twilight, cruise the Zambezi River, 

sipping a scenic sundowner and gazing out 

across a verdant and teeming vista set against 

the boundless African sky. 

Sanctuary Sussi & Chuma | Meals: B L D 

DAY 3: Livingstone 

Begin with a guided tour of Victoria 

Falls from the Zambian side. Plummeting 108 

metres, the thick mist inspired the native name 

Mosi-oa-Tunya (‘The Smoke That Thunders’). 

See the mighty Zambezi River cascade over 

a two-kilometre-wide basalt lip. Afterwards, 

you can peruse local crafts, including excellent 

wood carvings, on a pleasant market visit. 

Gain insight into local daily life with a trip 

to a school and clinic supported by A&K 

Philanthropy in Nakatindi Village. Return to 

camp for a cocktail and a chef ’s table tasting of 

traditional Zambian fare. 

Sanctuary Sussi & Chuma | Meals: B L D 

Johannesburg 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

AIR 

ROAD 

EXTENSION 

DAY 4: Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe - 

Chobe National Park, Botswana 

This morning, see these awe-inspiring falls 

from the Zimbabwean side. Afterwards, 

visit an artists’ village, where you can meet 

local artisans and observe them at work. 

Enjoy lunch in the town of Victoria Falls 

before continuing to Chobe National Park 

in Botswana. Here your scenic lodge offers 

panoramic views across the islands and 

floodplains of the Chobe River. Set out on 

an afternoon game drive – 120,000 elephant 

live in the park, as well as impala, buffalo, 

and you may also spot lion. 

Sanctuary Chobe Chilwero | Meals: B L D 

DAY 5: Chobe National Park 

Head out on a sunrise game drive, when 

animals are most active. You might even 

glimpse a leopard returning from a hunt. 

Later, embark on a Chobe River safari cruise 

aboard a double-decker boat. Look out for 

crocodile and hippo, as well as elephant that 

come down to drink and play in the water. The 

park’s beautiful wetlands also lure a wealth 

of birdlife, with 460 species that either live 

here or migrate through, including raptors, 

vultures, and waterfowl. When you return to 

the lodge, revel in the comforts of your luxury 

accommodation and enjoy a freshly made meal. 

Sanctuary Chobe Chilwero | Meals: B L D 

DAYS 6 & 7: Okavango Delta 

Fly to the vast private concession in the 

Okavango Delta, the largest inland delta in 

the world. The afternoon is yours to enjoy 

at leisure with a choice of game-viewing 

activities, such as a seasonal mokoro 

(dugout canoe) ride on the delta or a night 

game-viewing drive. The next morning, 

continue with your choice of activities. Set 

off on a thrilling, guided game drive in a 

customised 4x4 vehicle or a bush walk in the 

company of an armed, expert guide, on the 

lookout for giraffe, hippo, and lion. 

Sanctuary Stanley’s Camp/Belmond Khwai River 

Lodge | Meals: B L D 


YOUR LUXURY ACCOMMODATION 

AFRICA 

Saxon Boutique Hotel, Villas and Spa 

Condé Nast Traveller Gold List 

hotel spread across 1.6 hectares 

Sanctuary Sussi & Chuma 

A dozen romantic, air-conditioned 

treehouses, set in a riverine forest 

BOTSWANA 

Sanctuary Chobe Chilwero 

15 incredibly luxurious cottages 

and a fully equipped spa 

Sanctuary Stanley’s Camp 

Classic camp with 10 tents 

on a large private concession 

DAY 8: Okavango Delta 

Fly across the Okavango Delta to your next 

amazing camp, from where you will enjoy 

game drives in Moremi Game Reserve. 

Widely acknowledged as the ‘predator capital 

of the world’, this area is one of Botswana’s 

best places for spotting the Big Five. Hunters 

include cheetah, spotted hyena and, at the 

very top of the food chain, large resident lion 

prides. White and black rhino are also found 

here. This afternoon, enjoy game-viewing 

activities led by experienced driver-guides or 

observe the wildlife from your private deck. 

Sanctuary Chief’s Camp/Belmond Eagle Island 


DAY 9: Okavango Delta 

Depart on another spectacular early morning 

game drive. Beyond predators, the Okavango 

Delta draws large concentrations of elephant, 

buffalo, red lechwe, giraffe, and impala. Enjoy 

a seasonal mokoro ride across deceptively 

quiet marshlands alive with crocodile, bathing 

hippo, tiny red reed frog, and many bird 

species. If you opt for an afternoon game 

drive, listen for roaring lion on the hunt or spy 

nocturnal animals starting out for the night. 

After a full day of wildlife-watching, return to 

your camp to relax and enjoy a farewell dinner. 

Sanctuary Chief’s Camp/Belmond Eagle Island 


DAY 10: Depart Johannesburg, 

South Africa 

Fly from Botswana to South Africa, from 

where you’ll depart for home. Relax in the 

Premier Lounge at Johannesburg airport, 

compliments of A&K. 

Meals: B 





Belmond Khwai River Lodge 

Stunning riverside setting and easy 

access to Moremi Game Reserve 

Sanctuary Chief’s Camp 

Award-winning camp with luxurious bush 

pavilions and exceptional amenities 

Belmond Eagle Island Lodge 

Remote safari retreat located 

on a private island 


EXTENSIONS 

Cape Town post-tour extension 

– four days from £1,920pp 




GUARANTEED 

DEPARTURE 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

SINGLE 

SUPP. 

FROM 

JANUARY: 

7 £7,650 £1,150 

FEBRUARY: 

8 £7,650 £1,150 

MARCH: 

5, 14 £7,650 £1,150 

APRIL: 

9 

16 

22 

£8,420 

£8,035 

£9,190 

£1,535 

£1,535 

£2,150 

MAY: 

2, 8, 17, 21, 31 £9,190 £2,150 

JUNE: 

9, 13, 19, 21 £11,110 £3,840 

JULY: 

1, 7, 12, 24, 31 £12,265 £4,610 

AUGUST: 

7, 9, 18, 29 £12,265 £4,610 

SEPTEMBER: 

5, 16, 22, 30 £11,495 £4,075 

OCTOBER: 

11, 13, 19, 22 £11,110 £3,840 

NOVEMBER: 

4 £8,805 £2,150 

DECEMBER: 

18 £12,265 £4,610 


On the following departure dates, the hotel on 

Days 6 & 7 will be changed from the Sanctuary 

Stanley’s Camp to the Belmond Khwai River 

Lodge; and the hotel on Days 8 & 9 will be changed 

from the Sanctuary Chief’s Camp to the Belmond 

Eagle Island Lodge: 14 Mar; 22 Apr; 17 & 31 May; 

21 Jun; 12 Jul; 9 Aug; 11, 13 & 19 Oct; 4 Nov 2019. 

FLIGHTS 





The Great Migration: 



Perfect for all wildlife-lovers, this quintessential safari follows the Great Migration 

from the vast Serengeti to the famed Masai Mara, visiting the Ngorongoro Crater 

and other game-viewing hot spots en route 

LUXURY 

SMALL GROUP 

JOURNEYS 


›› 

Experience the Great 

Migration in the Serengeti 

or the Masai Mara 

›› 

Observe Africa’s iconic 

Big Five with A&K’s expert 

driver-guides in our own 

custom-made vehicles 

›› 

Enjoy a private tour of 

Olduvai Gorge 

›› 

Visit a vibrant Tanzanian 

village, and explore by 

tuk-tuk 

INCLUSIONS 

33 


33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


33 


& 12 dinners 

33 


33 


33 


33 

Limited laundry service 

available at camps & lodges 

Serengeti 

National Park 

To Entebbe, 

KENYA 

Uganda 

Masai Mara 

Migori Game Reserve 

Tarime 

Nairobi 

Ngorongoro 

Crater 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

AIR 

ROAD 

EXTENSION 

DAY 1: Arrive Nairobi, Kenya 

Land in Nairobi and transfer to the luxurious 

Fairmont The Norfolk. Perhaps Kenya’s most 

famous hotel, The Norfolk is in the heart of 

Nairobi, welcoming generations of safari-goers 

since it first opened on Christmas Day, 1904. 

Fairmont The Norfolk Hotel 

DAY 2: Amboseli National Park 

Today, drive to Amboseli National Park 

at the base of the soaring, snow-capped 

Mount Kilimanjaro, the highest freestanding 

mountain in the world at 5,895 metres. Set out 

in search of the region’s spectacular wildlife – 

African savanna elephant, leopard, cheetah, 

and hosts of plains game – all roaming freely 

amid swamps, springs, and a shimmering 

dried-up lakebed. This evening, gather with 

fellow guests for a welcome dinner celebrating 

the start of an unforgettable safari adventure. 

Tawi Lodge | Meals: B L D 


Spend a full day exploring wildlife-rich 

Amboseli National Park, watching for lion 

and buffalo. Enjoy a morning on safari 

before breaking for lunch. This afternoon, 

make another game drive, capped off with 

a refreshing sundowner. 

Tawi Lodge | Meals: B L D 

Tarangire 

National Park 

TANZANIA 

Arusha 

Amboseli 

National 

Park 

From 


via Livingstone 

DAY 4: Tarangire National Park, 

Tanzania 

Drive to the Tanzanian border, stopping for 

lunch in Arusha. From here, fly to Tarangire 

National Park and settle into your luxurious 

accommodation. Sanctuary Swala’s large tents 

are built on raised decks under umbrella 

acacia trees overlooking the Gurusi flood 

plains. Expanses of wooded savanna are 

nurtured by the Tarangire River. Resident 

herds of impala often graze inside the camp, 

while excursions through the dusty landscape 

may be populated by abundant big game, such 

as lion, elephant, and buffalo, as well as a range 

of bird species. 

Sanctuary Swala | Meals: B L D 

DAY 5: Tarangire National Park 

Embark on morning and afternoon game 

drives, seated six to a vehicle to allow 

window seats for all. Observe the stunning 

concentration of herd animals here, such as 

elephant, zebra, and impala. You may opt for 

a night safari, available at an additional fee, 

to spy nocturnal creatures. With specialised 

lighting, look for African wildcat, leopard, 

hyena, and lion. You may also see bushbaby, 

spotted genet, serval, and bat-eared fox. 

During your stay, partake of a chef ’s table 


AFRICA 

KENYA & TANZANIA 

experience and learn to prepare local dishes 

such as ugali, makande, and kachumbari. 

Sanctuary Swala | Meals: B L D 

DAY 6: Ngorongoro Crater 

Learn how Africans live today, exploring in 

and around the village of Mto wa Mbu, as you 

Ride like a Local by tuk-tuk, a major form of 

transport here. See rice fields and a banana 

plantation, and try banana beer at a bar. In the 

village, enjoy a walk through the local market 

to see the colourful produce on display. After 

lunch in the village, head to Ngorongoro 

Crater. Arrive at your restful luxury lodge, 

set near the Ngorongoro Conservation Area, 

for a tranquil evening and overnight stay. 

Gibb’s Farm/The Manor at Ngorongoro | 

Meals: B L D 


Set out on a full-day game drive in 

Ngorongoro Crater. Explore the panoramic, 


short-grass prairies along the floor of this 

ancient caldera, home to rare black rhino as 

well as lion, hyena, and gazelle. The diverse 

wildlife dwelling within the encircling crater 

walls led this incredible ‘lost world’ to be 

recognised as a UNESCO World Heritage Site. 

This afternoon, visit a Maasai village and meet 

with an elder to learn about local culture and 

traditions, and witness a traditional beadwork 

crafting demonstration. 

Gibb’s Farm/The Manor at Ngorongoro | 

Meals: B L D 

DAYS 8-10: Serengeti National Park 

Drive to Serengeti National Park, pausing for 

a privately guided visit to archaeologically rich 

Olduvai Gorge. As you continue, prepare to 

witness one of Earth’s most incredible wildlife 

spectacles – the Great Migration. Every year, 

millions of herbivores traverse the Serengeti 

plains in search of water and fresh grass, with 

hungry predators awaiting them. Over the 

next two days, take morning and afternoon 

game drives to observe the phenomenon. 

You can also opt for a hot-air balloon ride, 

at an additional cost, for an exciting new 

perspective on the wildlife. 

Four Seasons Safari Lodge Serengeti/Lemala Kuria 

Hills | Meals: B L D 

DAY 11: Masai Mara Game Reserve, 

Kenya 

Fly to the Masai Mara, the northern extension 

of the Serengeti. Settle into Sanctuary 

Olonana, and take an afternoon game drive. 

Follow the Mara River to see crocodile, hippo, 

and other thirsty animals. Over 500 bird 

species make their home here. Your riverside 

accommodation, recently rebuilt, is one of 

the finest safari lodges in Kenya. As well as a 

great range of on-site amenities, your private 

veranda offers magnificent views of the Mara 

River. Tonight, join fellow guests for a scenic 

sundowner, followed by an elegant dinner. 

Sanctuary Olonana | Meals: B L D 

DAYS 12 & 13: Masai Mara Game 

Reserve 

Spend two full days exploring the open 

savanna, woodlands, and tree-fringed rivers of 

the Masai Mara. Look out for unique sights 

such as leopard stalking along acacia branches 

overhead, or elephant shielding calves from 

opportunistic predators. Watch as Maasai 

tribesmen wander the plains or herd goats and 

cattle. You can opt for a hot-air balloon ride 

over the prime game-viewing country at an 

additional cost. Visit a village and Enkereri 

Primary School supported by A&K 

Philanthropy, and learn how AKP’s e-reader 

programme is improving literacy rates here. 

Sanctuary Olonana | Meals: B L D 

DAY 14: Depart Nairobi 

Fly back to Nairobi and spend the afternoon 

at leisure in a comfortable dayroom. In the 

evening, transfer to the airport or begin a 

post-tour extension to Uganda. 

Fairmont The Norfolk Hotel (dayroom) | Meals: B 


GUARANTEED 

DEPARTURE 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

SINGLE 

SUPP. 

FROM 

JANUARY: 

9, 23 £12,525 £2,995 

FEBRUARY: 

6, 20 £12,525 £2,995 

MARCH: 

6 £12,525 £2,995 

JUNE: 

5, 12, 19 £13,295 £3,460 

JULY: 

3, 10, 17, 24, 31 £13,295 £3,460 

AUGUST: 

7, 14, 21, 28 £13,295 £3,460 

SEPTEMBER: 

4, 11, 18, 25 £13,295 £3,460 

OCTOBER: 

2, 9 £13,065 £3,075 

DECEMBER: 

17 £14,065 £3,840 


On the following departure dates, the hotel on Days 

6 & 7 will be changed from Gibb’s Farm to The Manor 

at Ngorongoro: 6 Feb & 6 Mar. On the following 

departure date, the hotel on Days 8-10 will be 

changed from Four Seasons Safari Lodge Serengeti 

to Lemala Kuria Hills Lodge. This will involve a direct 

flight from Manyara to Serengeti without a visit to 

Olduvai Gorge: 19 Jun. 

FLIGHTS 





EXTENSIONS 

Victoria Falls pre-tour extension 



9 Jan; 20 Feb; 5 & 19 Jun; 17 Jul; 

7, 21 & 28 Aug; 11 Sep. 

Uganda post-tour extension – 


Available on the following departures: 6 Feb; 

5 & 19 Jun; 17 Jul; 14 & 28 Aug; 11 Sep; 9 Oct. 








AFRICA 


YOUR LUXURY ACCOMMODATION 

Fairmont The Norfolk Hotel 

A starting point for safaris since 1904, 

located within central Nairobi 

Tawi Lodge 

13 cottages facing Mount Kilimanjaro, 

set on a private reserve 

Sanctuary Swala 

12 elegant pavilions by a waterhole, with 

panoramic views of Tanzania’s grasslands 

Gibb’s Farm 

17 cottages surrounded by gardens and a 

coffee plantation near Ngorongoro Crater 

The Manor at Ngorongoro 

Enjoy exceptional hospitality within 

this expansive coffee estate 

Four Seasons Safari Lodge Serengeti 

Elegant lodge situated on plains 

blessed with prolific wildlife 

Lemala Kuria Hills 

This lodge offers tremendous 

game-viewing and relaxation facilities 

Sanctuary Olonana 

Superb luxury lodge on the Masai Mara, 

14 spacious suites with private decks 


Kenya & Tanzania: 

Wildlife Safari 


Get fully focused on the fauna of Kenya and Tanzania on this 12-day safari. 

Spot wildlife in the best national parks and game reserves, and experience 

African hospitality at its finest 

LUXURY 

SMALL GROUP 

JOURNEYS 


›› 

Embark on daily game 

drives with expert driverguides 

in custom-built 

safari vehicles 

›› 

Visit a Maasai village to 

learn about the nomadic 

herders’ traditions 

›› 

Prepare and sample local 

dishes during a chef’s 

table experience 

›› 

Explore Olduvai Gorge, 

where fossils linking man 

to his distant ancestors 

were first discovered 

INCLUSIONS 

33 


33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


33 


& 10 dinners 

33 


33 


33 


33 

Complimentary breakfast in 

bed, on Days 5 & 9 

33 


DAY 1: Arrive Nairobi, Kenya 

Arrive in Nairobi and transfer to your hotel. 

A microcosm of the African continent, this 

capital city is your gateway to a dramatic 

procession of natural spectacles in Kenya 

and Tanzania, among the most thrilling 

destinations in the world. 

Nairobi Serena Hotel 

KENYA 

Masai Mara 

Game Reserve 

Migori 

Tarime 

Nairobi 

Serengeti 

National Park 

Ngorongoro 

Crater 

Arusha 

Lake Manyara 

National Park 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

AIR 

ROAD 

TANZANIA 

Amboseli 

National Park 


Drive to Amboseli National Park, known 

for its thriving big-game population. Take in 

views of the snow-capped Mount Kilimanjaro, 

with its impressive Uhuru Peak soaring to 

5,895 metres. Arrive at your lodge, set beneath 

acacia trees in the shadow of the mountain. 

After lunch, explore the acacia woodland, 

freshwater swamps, scrub brush, and open 

plains in search of wildlife. Part of the park 

is composed of a dried-up lakebed, where 

mirages rise in the shimmering heat. This 

evening, share in a special welcome dinner 

with your fellow guests. 

Amboseli Serena Safari Lodge | Meals: B L D 


Spend the day on early morning and afternoon 

game drives, crisscrossing the landscape in 

search of elephant, zebra, and wildebeest 

along the saltpan trails. Prepare for predator 

sightings, as opportunistic animals begin to 

roam these plains in search of prey. 

Amboseli Serena Safari Lodge | Meals: B L D 

INDIAN 

OCEAN 

DAY 4: Lake Manyara National Park, 

Tanzania 

Travel by road to the border of Tanzania. 

After stopping for lunch in Arusha, continue 

to the village of Mto wa Mbu, where you 

Ride like a Local on a tuk-tuk, passing rice 

fields and native villages. Afterwards, browse 

the colourful stalls of the village market, as 

merchants display rice and bananas. Your 

lodge is located in a picturesque region of the 

Great Rift Valley. On arrival, settle in, freshen 

up, and relax before gathering with fellow 

guests for a hearty dinner. 

Lake Manyara Serena Safari Lodge | Meals: B L D 


Set out on a morning game drive in search of 

baboon, dik-dik, and large herds of buffalo, 

wildebeest, and zebra. Along a narrow belt 

of acacia woodland, you may even spot the 

region’s unique tree-climbing lion, which 

ascends branches for a cool breeze. After a 

farm-fresh lunch, travel to the Ngorongoro 

Crater, the largest unbroken ancient caldera 

in the world and a likely place to find lion, 

elephant, hyena, and gazelle. This afternoon, 

prepare and sample local dishes in a chef ’s 

table demonstration in the hotel kitchen. 

Ngorongoro Serena Safari Lodge | Meals: B L D 


Wake to explore this ‘lost world’ of animals; 

its savannas are an ideal spot to see buffalo 

and elephant. Bird lovers can view flamingo, 

when in season, and countless other species 

on the crater’s 259-square-kilometre floor. 

You may even see the rare black rhino. 

Following a picnic lunch, visit a Maasai village 

to gain a better understanding of the nomadic 

cattle-herders’ daily life and culture. Witness 

a demonstration of traditional crafts. 

Ngorongoro Serena Safari Lodge | Meals: B L D 

DAY 7: Serengeti National Park 

Drive to vast, wildlife-rich Serengeti National 

Park, stopping en route for a privately guided 

tour of Olduvai Gorge, where ancient fossils 

offer insight into humankind’s past. Pass 

savanna grassland and volcanic hills, before 

dropping steeply downward into the gorge. 


YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

AFRICA 


Nairobi Serena Hotel 

Oasis of serenity set within 

the vibrant city of Nairobi 


GUARANTEED 

DEPARTURE 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

SINGLE 

SUPP. 

FROM 

Visit the small museum and examine the 

excavations which revealed 3.7 million-yearold 

footprints and a 1.8 million-year-old skull. 

Your nearby lodge enjoys commanding views 

of this landscape. The park is also on the route 

of the annual Great Migration. 

Serengeti Serena Safari Lodge | Meals: B L D 

DAY 8: Serengeti National Park 

Spend your day in true safari country, 

searching for the Big Five (lion, leopard, Cape 

buffalo, elephant, and rhino), along with 

giraffe, gazelle, and zebra. Along the rivers, 

plains, and rocky outcroppings, you may also 

spot some of the Serengeti’s more diminutive 

denizens, such as the leopard tortoise and 

rhinoceros beetle. 

Serengeti Serena Safari Lodge | Meals: B L D 

DAY 9: Masai Mara Game 

Reserve, Kenya 

Fly to the vast Masai Mara Game Reserve, 

Kenya’s finest wildlife spectacle. The unending 

landscape hosts some 400-500 bird species, 95 

animal species and all of the great predators, 

including the country’s largest lion population. 

The Mara lies within the territory of the 

Maasai, who help administer the park and 

protect it from poachers. After familiarising 

yourself with your accommodation, ideally 

situated at the confluence of the Mara’s four 

game-viewing regions, take a drive through 

the famed reserve. 

Mara Intrepids | Meals: B L D 

DAYS 10 & 11: Masai Mara Game 

Reserve 

Spend two days exploring a region bestowed 

with nearly 1,300 square kilometres of 

savannas, woodlands, and tree-fringed rivers. 

Observe crocodile basking in the sun, everalert 

hippo wallowing in muddy water, and 

mischievous monkey racing overhead. Spot 

massive elephant and graceful giraffe. One 

evening, enjoy a scenic sundowner experience 

overlooking the plains at dusk. Optional 

JANUARY: 

8, 22, 29 £8,840 £1,150 

FEBRUARY: 

5, 12,19 

26 


This journey includes some long walks. 

FLIGHTS 








experiences include a hot-air balloon ride 

over the plains (at an additional cost) and a 

visit to a local school. On your final evening, 

attend a farewell dinner with fellow guests. 

Mara Intrepids | Meals: B L D 

£8,840 

£8,300 

£1,150 

£1,075 

MARCH: 

5, 12 £8,300 £1,075 

MAY: 

21 £7, 375 £690 

JUNE: 

18 £9,530 £1,305 

JULY: 

2, 9, 16, 23, 30 £9,530 £1,305 

AUGUST: 

6, 13, 20, 27 £9,530 £1,305 

SEPTEMBER: 

3, 10, 17, 24 £9,530 £1,305 

OCTOBER: 

8, 15 £9,530 £1,305 

NOVEMBER: 

5 £8,840 £1,150 

DECEMBER: 

3 

23 

£8,840 

£10,375 

£1,150 

£1,305 

DAY 12: Depart Nairobi 

Return to Nairobi. Spend the afternoon at 

leisure in a reserved dayroom before you 

depart for home. 

Nairobi Serena Hotel (dayroom) | Meals: B 

Amboseli Serena Safari Lodge 

Secluded safari lodge with 

Masai-inspired guest rooms 

Lake Manyara Serena Safari Lodge 

Drink in panoramic views 

of the Great Rift Valley 

Ngorongoro Serena Safari Lodge 

Comfortable lodge on the 

very rim of Ngorongoro Crater 

Serengeti Serena Safari Lodge 

Stylish, well-located lodge offering 

commanding views of the Serengeti 

Mara Intrepids 

Authentic safari tents in the heart 

of Kenya’s game-viewing country 


Climbing Kilimanjaro: 

Summiting the Machame Route 


This itinerary follows the scenic Machame Route to the summit, allowing extra time 

to acclimatise to the altitude. Ideal for amateurs and experienced mountaineers alike, 

enjoy unrivalled equipment and certified guides 

LUXURY 

SMALL GROUP 

JOURNEYS 


›› 

A&K has been leading 

treks up Kilimanjaro for 

over 30 years and boasts 

a successful summit rate 

of 97 per cent 

›› 

Superior, top-of-the-line 

camping gear and safety 

equipment, owned and 

maintained by A&K 

›› 

Chefs, porters and guides 

are directly employed, 

and all guides are 

certified Wilderness 

First Responders 

›› 

Stay in the largest and 

most comfortable sleeping 

tents on the mountain, with 

private toilet facilities 

›› 

Carry only a daypack, as 

porters transport your 

luggage and equipment 

throughout the climb 

and descent 

INCLUSIONS 

33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 

Welcome dinner & farewell 

lunch 

33 


& 7 dinners 

3,990m 

Shira Camp 

3,850m 

DAY 1: Arrive Arusha, Tanzania 

Land in Arusha and transfer to your hotel. 

Enjoy a good night’s rest as one of only 12 

guests on this epic journey. 

Lake Duluti Lodge 

MOUNT KILIMANJARO 

Barafu Camp 

4,680m 

Karanga Camp 

Mweka Camp 

Machame Camp 3,100m 

2,835m 

DAY 2: Arusha 

In preparation for the climb ahead, acclimatise 

as you walk through Arusha National 

Park. Situated between the peaks of Mount 

Kilimanjaro and Mount Meru, this scenic 

park houses a wide range of habitats, from its 

string of crater lakes populated by waterfowl 

to its montane forest and imposing summit 

views. The forest harbours a wealth of wildlife, 

including frolicking black-and-white colobus 

monkey and regal bushbuck. This evening, sit 

down to a welcome dinner with fellow guests. 

Lake Duluti Lodge | Meals: B L D 

DAY 3: Mount Kilimanjaro 

Drive from Arusha to the Machame village 

on the slopes of Mount Kilimanjaro to begin 

your climb along the challenging and scenic 

Machame Route. Hike for about six hours 

through dense rubber tree and giant fig 

forests to reach your camp, set up near huts 

once used for shelter. As you make your way 

up through the forested terrain, keep an eye 

out for elephant. Settle into your first camp, 

poised at an altitude of 2,835 metres. 

Machame Camp | Meals: B L D 

Barranco Camp 

3,900m 

Uhuru Peak 

5,895m 


Awake early to a piping-hot cup of coffee 

or tea. As you leave camp, absorb the 

commanding view of Uhuru Peak. Trek out 

of the forest up to the Hagenia zone, through 

a savanna of tall grasses and haunting volcanic 

lava landscapes. After a six-hour hike, arrive 

at the Shira Plateau and your camp. At 3,850 

metres, it boasts sweeping views across the 

Masai Steppe to distant Mount Meru and the 

Shira Needles. 

Shira Camp | Meals: B L D 


During a further six-hour trek, skirt the Shira 

Plateau toward the Kibo Massif, continuing 

upward to the pass at Lava Tower (4,600 

metres). Descend towards Barranco Camp 

through the immense, waterfall-punctuated 

Grand Barranco Canyon, which is fed by 

streams from the Umbwe River. Today’s camp 

is situated at an elevation of 3,900 metres. 

Barranco Camp | Meals: B L D 


Hike for about five hours along the Barranco 

Cliff with no increase in elevation. This allows 


AFRICA 

TANZANIA 

you time to rest and adjust to the increasingly 

higher altitudes. In the afternoon, you may 

hike in the Karanga Valley set beneath 

the icefalls of the Heim, Decken, and 

Kersten glaciers. 

Karanga Camp | Meals: B L D 


Take a four- to five-hour trek on another day 

of acclimatisation as you near the mountain’s 

peak, stopping at Barafu Camp (4,680 metres) 

on a moraine, with views of majestic 

Mawenzi Peak to the right and looming 

Kibo Peak overhead. Gaze out over the 

surrounding mineral terrain dotted with 

only some lichens and moss. Don’t turn in 

too late this evening – tomorrow, you make an 

early start for the summit. 

Barafu Camp | Meals: B L D 


Rise early with a hot drink before setting 

out on approximately 13 hours of trekking. 

Should all go as planned, you’ll stand at the 


highest point in Africa in about seven hours’ 

time. Ascend a winding path flanked by the 

towering Ratzel and Rebmann glaciers to 

soaring Stella Point on the rim of Kibo Crater. 

As the sun rises, continue around to Uhuru 

Peak (5,895 metres), the highest point in 

Africa, where the air is rarefied. Savour your 

achievement before you descend to your last 

campsite at 3,100 metres. 

Mweka Camp | Meals: B L D 

DAY 9: Depart Arusha 

Continue your way down to the base of the 

mountain, where your A&K driver greets 

and transports you back to Arusha. During a 

farewell lunch, bask in your accomplishments 

with fellow guests. Comfortable dayrooms are 

provided until your departure flight. 

Lake Duluti Lodge (dayroom) | Meals: B L 


GUARANTEED 

DEPARTURE 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

SINGLE 

SUPP. 

FROM 

JANUARY: 

22 £5,690 £1,690 

FEBRUARY: 

5, 19 £5,690 £1,690 

MAY: 

21 £5,690 £1,690 

JUNE: 

18 £5,690 £1,690 

JULY: 

18, 23 £5,690 £1,690 

AUGUST: 

6, 20 £5,690 £1,690 

SEPTEMBER: 

17 £5,690 £1,690 

OCTOBER: 

8, 22 £5,690 £1,690 

NOVEMBER: 

12 £5,690 £1,690 


This journey is strenuous with steep ascents and high 

altitudes; however, novice climbers are welcome. 

FLIGHTS 

To provide you with flexibility and the latest flight 

offers, we don’t include international flights. 

Our specialists will be able to find the best 

travel options to suit you. 






EXTENSIONS 

Tanzania safari post-tour 

extension – five days from 

£3,040pp 



YOUR ACCOMMODATION 

• Our customised tents 

are the most luxurious 

on the mountain 

• Sleeping tents are designed 

to accommodate two 

people with raised camp 

beds and tall ceiling heights 

• Dining tents are solar-lit 

with comfortable chairs 

and tables and all our 

camps on the mountain 

have hygienic private 

toilet facilities 

Lake Duluti Lodge 

Spacious private chalets 

with views over an expansive 

coffee farm 


AFRICA 

TANZANIA 

CLIMBING KILIMANJARO WITH A&K 

With a successful summit rate of 97 per cent (compared 

to the 60-70 per cent average), A&K’s Mount Kilimanjaro 

expeditions give you an outstanding chance of reaching 

‘the roof of Africa’. Our experienced climbing team 

oversees every factor that contributes to a successful climb 

GUIDES & PORTERS 

Every A&K guide is a certified Wilderness First Responder, trained 

in mountain craft, natural history, and ecological awareness. Our 

guides are also trained in first aid and fluent in English, and most have 

completed over 200 summits. A founding member of Kilimanjaro 

Porter Assistance Project and a proud Partner for Responsible Travel 

with the International Mountain Explorers Connection, A&K is an 

advocate for the welfare of our team of porters. Their hard work and 

dedication are what make every A&K trek possible. 

COMFORTS ON THE MOUNTAIN 

Summiting Mount Kilimanjaro comes easier to those who are well 

rested – and A&K campsites are famous for their comforts. Our 

customised sleeping tents are the largest and most luxurious on the 

mountain, designed for two people with raised camp beds and tall 

ceiling heights. Solar-lit dining tents with comfortable tables and chairs 

allow you to relax out of the elements and rejuvenate during the trek. 

Hygienic private toilets are also exclusively available to A&K trekkers. 

FOOD & NUTRITION 

Another key element to conquering Kilimanjaro is to maintain proper 

nutrition throughout your entire trek. Every meal is designed to 

provide the fuel you need to reach the summit. Unlike many other 

companies, A&K provides fresh food throughout the entire trek, 

including abundant snacks between meals as well as unlimited, 

purified water. Special diets can also be accommodated. 

ACCLIMATISATION 

While most trekkers spend a total of five days on the mountain, 

we schedule seven days (six nights) to allow more time for premium 

altitude acclimatisation, giving A&K a successful summit rate of 

97 per cent. 

SUSTAINABLE TREKS 

A&K leaves no trace on the mountain and takes pride in operating 

green campsites. Every A&K camp is completely portable with no 

fixed ground structures or plumbing, and we remove all waste 

and rubbish from our treks. 

SAFETY ON THE MOUNTAIN 

A&K climbs use the finest climbing and camping apparatus, safety 

equipment and communications network. On every climb, we supply 

and carry all safety and emergency equipment, including emergency 

oxygen, a portable altitude chamber, a defibrillator, pulse oximeters, 

a stretcher, an extensive first-aid kit, and three means of 

communication (mobile phone, two-way radio, and satellite phone). 


A Naturalist’s Guide 

to Madagascar 

with Charlie Gardner 

SMALL GROUP 

JOURNEYS 


Madagascar’s people, wildlife, and landscapes are extraordinary. Explore its flora and fauna 

in expert hands and be astonished by the diverse terrain, still largely untouched by tourism 


›› 

Gain expert insights into 

the wildlife of Madagascar 

from your guest host 

Charlie Gardner 

›› 

Explore the colonial 

Haute-Ville district 

of Antananarivo 

›› 

Tick off lemur, chameleon, 

and many bird species 

across the country’s 

finest national parks 

›› 

Hike between 500-yearold 

baobabs in Sacred 

Spiny Forest, one of the 

oldest on the planet 

›› 

Experience the unique 

cultural traditions of the 

Antandroy people 

INCLUSIONS 

33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


33 


& 11 dinners 

33 


MOZAMBIQUE 

CHANNEL 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

AIR 

ROAD 

DAY 1: Arrive Antananarivo 

On arrival into the hilly Malagasy capital, 

you’re met by an A&K representative and 

transferred to your hotel in the embassy 

district of Haute-Ville (upper town). This 

part of the city is a tangled assortment of 

steep, partly cobbled streets, red-tiled roofs, 

and pastel-coloured houses with a lovely cool 

climate. After time to settle in, your guest host 

Charlie Gardner will introduce himself and 

give you a briefing on the adventure ahead 

over welcome drinks and dinner in the hotel. 

Hotel Colbert | Meals: D 

MADAGASCAR 

DAY 2: Antananarivo – Andasibe 

Head east to Andasibe, passing rice fields, 

redbrick houses and roadside stalls of seasonal 

produce. Andasibe-Mantadia is a stunning 

rainforest park comprising Périnet Special 

Reserve and Mantadia National Park. Périnet 

is world famous for its population of indri, 

the largest lemur species. Arrive at your lodge 

in time for lunch, and spend the afternoon 

at leisure before a guided night walk into the 

surrounding forests. Look out for nocturnal 

lemur such as mouse lemur, white-footed 

sportive lemur, fat-tailed dwarf lemur, and 

woolly lemur. 

Mantadia Lodge | Meals: B L D 

Antananarivo 

Ifotaka 

Andasibe- 

Mantadia 

National 

Park 

Manafiafy 

Fort Dauphin 

DAY 3: Andasibe 

Today, go in search of the iconic indri lemur 

in the 810-hectare Périnet Reserve. This lemur 

is one of the few animals in the world that 

cannot survive in captivity. Another 11 species 

of lemur find their home here; you may see 

grey bamboo lemur, common brown lemur, 

diademed sifaka, and black and white ruffed 

lemur. Birdwatchers could observe the velvet 

asity, blue coua, and nuthatch vanga, and 

many more endemic species. Périnet is also 

home to reptiles, invertebrates, and some of 

Madagascar’s thousand orchid species. 

Mantadia Lodge | Meals: B L D 

DAY 4: Andasibe – Antananarivo 

Head to Lemur Island first thing this morning. 

This small private reserve protects a number 

of habituated lemur. Here you can find four 

species – bamboo lemur, brown lemur, black 

and white ruffed lemur, and one diademed 

sifaka. Head back to the capital after lunch. 

Le Relais des Plateaux | Meals: B L D 

DAY 5: Antananarivo – Ifotaka 

Fly to Fort Dauphin. The group is divided 

today; Group One visits Mandrare River 

Camp for Days 5-8 and Manafiafy Beach & 

Rainforest Lodge for Days 8-11. Group Two 

does the reverse, and the following itinerary 

relates to Group One. Your guest host remains 

at Mandrare while your local escort stays 

at Manafiafy. In the afternoon, venture into 

Sacred Spiny Forest to see many endemic 

Madagascan plants, extraordinary wildlife, 

and the Antandroy’s ancestral tombs, before 

sundowners on the river bank. 

Mandrare River Camp | Meals: B L D 

DAY 6: Ifotaka 

Depending on water levels, take a morning 

boat ride across the Mandrare River to visit 

the stunning Sacred Gallery Forest. Inquisitive 

groups of ring tailed lemur and Verreaux’s 

sifaka are the highlight of this excursion. 

Return to camp for lunch and a relaxed 

afternoon. A night walk in the Forest of 

Zenavo is a fantastic way to see diurnal 

lemur bedding down and nocturnal lemur 

emerging, as well as two species of mouse 

lemur, chameleon, owl, and the active 

sportive lemur. 


DAY 7: Ifotaka 

Revisit the Sacred Spiny Forest this morning, 


YOUR A&K HOST 

DR CHARLIE 

GARDNER 

Charlie has worked as a 

scientific advisor for the 

WWF and has published many papers on 

Madagascar’s wildlife and its conservation. 

He has appeared on wildlife documentaries, 

and assisted with the filming of Sir David 

Attenborough’s BBC series Madagascar. 

AFRICA 

MADAGASCAR 

YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

and see the sunlight break through the 

octopus trees while looking out for endemic 

birds such as crested coua, the running coua, 

and a variety of vanga species. Return to camp 

for breakfast followed by a visit to the local 

market or the village to meet members 

of the fascinating Antandroy community. 

This evening, enjoy a memorable sundowner 

among the baobabs, with views to the 

mountains beyond. Then witness a 

traditional performance by the villagers. 


DAY 8: Ifotaka – Manafiafy Beach 

Return to Fort Dauphin for lunch and then in 

the afternoon head north to Manafiafy Beach, 

a secluded tropical paradise. Also known as 

Sainte Luce, Manafiafy is a beautiful sandy bay, 

fringed with forest-covered mountains and 

wildlife-abundant mangroves. After arrival 

at your lodge for the next three nights, spend 

a relaxed afternoon by the pool enjoying 

cocktails as the sun sets over the bay. 

Manafiafy Beach & Rainforest Lodge | Meals: B L D 

DAYS 9 & 10: Manafiafy Beach 

Enjoy two days to spend at leisure. The 

lodge offers a wide range of wildlife, and 

sporting activities, which are all included. 

Wildlife-watching options include guided 

day and night walks in the rainforest, 

snorkelling excursions in the bay and nearby 

cove, kayaking and scenic boat trips to the 

mangroves, and a whale-watching tower 

(humpback whale pass through these waters 

between July and September). Enjoy boat rides 

to nearby islands for secluded picnics, walks 

up long empty beaches, and trips to the local 

village, supported by the lodge. 

Manafiafy Beach & Rainforest Lodge | Meals: B L D 

DAY 11: Manafiafy – Antananarivo 

Return by road to Fort Dauphin Airport 

where the group reunites for the flight back 

to Antananarivo. This evening, enjoy farewell 

cocktails and dinner at Le Café de la Gare, 

a lovely restaurant in Antananarivo’s 

abandoned central railway station, a typically 

French building constructed in 1910. 

Hotel Colbert | Meals: B D 

DAY 12: Depart Antananarivo 

Say goodbye for now to Madagascar and 

transfer to the airport. 

Meals: B 


GUARANTEED 

DEPARTURE 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

SINGLE 

SUPP. 

FROM 

APRIL: 

15 £6,180 £1,100 

JUNE: 

23 £6,180 £1,100 

NOVEMBER: 

10 £6,180 £1,100 


This journey includes some long walks. In order to 

provide travellers with exclusive accommodation 

at the Manafiafy Beach & Rainforest Lodge and 

Mandrare River Camp, the group will be divided. 

Group One visits Mandrare River Camp on Days 5-8 

and Manafiafy Beach & Rainforest Lodge on Days 

8-11. Group Two does the reverse. Your guest host, 

Charlie, will remain at Mandrare on Days 5-11 while 

your local escort stays at Manafiafy. The featured 

itinerary relates to the programme scheduled for 

Group One. 

FLIGHTS 








Hotel Colbert 

Homely hotel with views 

over iconic city sights 

Mantadia Lodge 

Comfortable base for 

excursions to spot indri lemur 

Le Relais des Plateaux 

Lovely hotel offering good spa 

facilities and appealing cuisine 

Mandrare River Camp 

Tented camp in magnificent location; enjoy 

wildlife-watching and tribal experiences 

Manafiafy Beach & Rainforest Lodge 

Coastal bungalows from which you can 

enjoy walks in the littoral rainforest 


Egypt & 

the Nile 

LUXURY 

SMALL GROUP 

JOURNEYS 


Explore the iconic marvels of Egypt, as well as its longest-kept secrets, 

on a journey south along the Nile, including a river cruise 

aboard Sanctuary Sun Boat IV 


›› 

Sail aboard award-winning 

Sanctuary Sun Boat IV 

›› 

All shore excursions led by 

expert A&K Egyptologists 

›› 

Special entry into the tomb 

of Seti I in the Valley of 

the Kings, and a chance to 

enter a legendary pyramid 

›› 

Ride like a Local on 

camelback and sail the 

Nile in a felucca (sailboat) 

›› 

Private docking facilities in 

Luxor and Aswan 

INCLUSIONS 

33 


33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


33 


& 8 dinners 

33 


33 


33 


33 


on Days 3 & 9 

33 

Traveller’s Valet SM on the boat 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

AIR 

CRUISE 

EGYPT 

DAY 1: Arrive Cairo, Egypt 

Arrive in Cairo where you’re met by your A&K 

representative and transferred to your historic 

hotel with fantastic views of the pyramids. 

Marriott Mena House Hotel 

Cairo 

Edfu 

Luxor 

Esna 

Kom Ombo 

Aswan 

Abu Simbel 

DAY 2: Cairo 

This morning, explore the Museum of 

Egyptian Antiquities, home to an extensive 

collection of 120,000 ancient Egyptian 

artefacts – including myriad items from 

Tutankhamun’s tomb. After lunch at a local 

restaurant, enjoy your afternoon at leisure. 

Tonight, gather for a sumptuous welcome 

dinner with your fellow travellers. 

Marriott Mena House Hotel | Meals: B L D 

DAY 3: Giza 

Drive to Sakkara, site of hundreds of tombs 

and 14 pyramids, including the Step Pyramid 

of Djoser. Later, tour the Giza Plateau, site of 

the pyramids of Menkaure and Khafre, and the 

Great Pyramid. Built in the Fourth Dynasty 

(approximately 2,690 BC), it is the only 

survivor of the Seven Wonders of the Ancient 

World. Explore these legendary pyramids from 

inside, and visit the tombs of the pyramid 

builders. Ride like a Local on camelback, then 

visit the Solar Boat Museum – site of Cheops’ 

funerary boat – and the Great Sphinx. 

Marriott Mena House Hotel | Meals: B L D 

DAY 4: Luxor 

Fly to Luxor, site of the ancient city of Thebes. 

Your full-day tour commences at the Temple 

of Karnak. Pass the huge columns of Great 

Hypostyle Hall, before stepping aboard 

Sanctuary Sun Boat IV for lunch. Afterwards, 

explore the Necropolis of Thebes, continuing 

to the Valley of the Kings. Visit the tomb of 

Tutankhamun as well as the well-preserved 

tomb of Seti I. See the Temple of Hatshepsut, 

ancient Egypt’s first female pharaoh and one of 

its most successful leaders. Finish with a photo 

stop at the Colossi of Memnon. 

Sanctuary Sun Boat IV | Meals: B L D 

DAY 5: Cruising the Nile 

Journey once more to the east bank of the 

Nile, this time visiting the city of Thebes and 

the striking Temple of Luxor. Behold the three 

large statues of Ramses II along the front of 

the temple pylons; the Courtyard of Ramses 

II behind the East Tower; and the Colonnade 

of Amenhotep III, with its 14 papyrus-headed 

columns, some 15 metres in height. This 

afternoon, sail to Esna and visit the Temple of 

Khnum and marvel at its soaring columns. 


DAY 6: Cruising the Nile 

View the Temple of Horus, falcon-headed 

god of the sky. Built in 230 BC by Ptolemy III, 

this stunningly well-preserved and colourful 

structure reveals what temple worship in 

ancient Egypt was like. Join your chef back 

on board for a local cooking lesson. Later, 


NORTH AFRICA & THE MIDDLE EAST EGYPT 

disembark at Kom Ombo (hill of gold) to visit 

the Greco-Roman temple dedicated to Horus 

(the sun god) and Sobek (the crocodile god), 

who some ancient Egyptians believed to be the 

creator of the world. Here you can view the 

mummified remains of several Nile crocodiles. 


DAY 7: Aswan 

Cruise to Aswan and ride a motorised boat 

to Philae Temple on the island of Agilkia, 

dedicated to the goddess Isis. This sacred 

complex reflects a fusion of the Egyptian, 

Greek, and Roman civilisations. The entire 

temple was transported when Aswan High 

Dam was constructed. Built in the 1960s, the 

dam spans the Nile River, more than three 

kilometres across. Proceed to the impressive 

granite quarries and the Unfinished Obelisk. 

Later, Ride like a Local around the islands in 

a felucca (sailboat), weather permitting. 


DAY 8: Abu Simbel 

Today, bid farewell to Sanctuary Sun Boat IV, 

disembarking to fly to Abu Simbel. There, 

discover the commanding twin temples of 

Ramses II and his wife, Queen Nefertari. Built 

at about 1250 BC, the main temple’s façade is 

dominated by four spectacular statues of the 

pharaoh, each nearly 21 metres tall. This entire 

World Heritage site was disassembled and 

moved in the 1960s due to the construction of 


the Aswan High Dam. Return to Cairo for an 

afternoon spent entirely at your leisure. 

Four Seasons Hotel Cairo at Nile Plaza | 

Meals: B L D 

DAY 9: Cairo 

Explore the Mosque and Madrasa of Sultan 

Hassan, among the finest examples of early 

Mamluk architecture. Head from the 

twin-towered Bab al-Futuh in Cairo’s Old 

City walls to Khan el-Khalili Bazaar, one of 

the city’s major souks. Browse spices, leather 

goods, and jewellery on a street that has hardly 

changed for centuries; haggling is expected, so 

prepare to negotiate. After lunch, visit Coptic 

Cairo or return to your hotel for an afternoon 

at leisure. This evening, gather with fellow 

guests at a farewell dinner. 

Four Seasons Hotel Cairo at Nile Plaza | 

Meals: B L D 

DAY 10: Depart Cairo 

After breakfast, transfer to the airport and 

depart the city. 

Meals: B 


GUARANTEED 

DEPARTURE 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

SINGLE 

SUPP. 

FROM 

JANUARY: 

4, 11, 18, 25 £4,985 £1,535 

FEBRUARY: 

1, 8, 15, 22 £4,985 £1,535 

MARCH: 

1, 8, 15, 29 £4,985 £1,535 

APRIL: 

2, 6, 10 

14, 18 

22, 26 

£4,985 

£5,525 

£4,985 

£1,535 

£1,610 

£1,535 

AUGUST: 

30 £4,675 £1,305 

SEPTEMBER: 

3, 7, 11, 15, 19, 23, 27 £4,675 £1,305 

OCTOBER: 

1, 5, 9, 13, 17, 

21, 25, 29 £6,525 £1,920 

NOVEMBER: 

2, 6, 10, 14, 26 £6,525 £1,920 

DECEMBER: 

4, 8, 12, 16 

20, 24, 28 

£6,525 

£6,675 

£1,920 

£1,995 


Price is based on Nile Deck cabin. Upgrade prices 

to the Main, Bridge & Promenade Decks, and 

presidential and royal suites are on request. 

FLIGHTS 




YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

Marriott Mena House Hotel 

History-rich luxury hotel featuring 

rooms with views of the pyramid 


A spacious vessel offering 

a great array of amenities 





Four Seasons Hotel 

Cairo at Nile Plaza 

Luxury hotel on the famed 

Corniche along the Nile River 



EGYPT 


Art Deco-inspired décor, modern amenities and exceptional service distinguish 

Sanctuary Sun Boat IV. With a maximum capacity of about 80 guests, the atmosphere 

aboard this elegant vessel is among the most intimate on the Nile 

A&K SIGNATURE ELEMENTS 

33 

36 luxury cabins, two presidential 

suites, and two royal suites with 

balcony 

33 

Expert A&K Egyptologist 

accompanies all shore excursions 

33 

Fully air-conditioned 

with cabin control 

33 

Panoramic floor-to-ceiling windows 

in all cabins (except Nile Deck) 

33 

Flat-screen LCD television with 

satellite available in all rooms 

33 

Elegant dining room with 

picture windows 

33 

Onboard, on-call doctor 

33 

Wifi access available 

BREATHTAKING RIVER VIEWS 

All cabins are air-conditioned and feature 

flat-screen TV, direct-dial international phone 

and minibar. Floor-to-ceiling windows grace 

most decks offering sweeping views of the 

river’s shore. Art Deco-inspired public areas 

make it easy to find a quiet corner from 

which to observe life along the Nile. Teak 

flooring enhances outdoor spaces, and vintage 

decoration coexists with modern comforts. 

A REGAL, RELAXING SUN DECK 

The Sun Deck is adorned with luxurious 

Egyptian marble, soft canvas sunshades, 

and a tiled swimming pool. 

FINE FOOD & SUPERB SERVICE 

Sanctuary Sun Boat IV offers exquisite 

dining and peerless service, including 

excursions to the Nile’s greatest 

monuments led by expert Egyptologists. 

DECK ‘Sanctuary PLAN Sun Boat IV’ 

‘Sanctuary Sun Boat IV’ 


‘Sanctuary Sun Boat 

Sun Deck 

IV’ 

Sun Deck 


Pool 

Pool 

Sun Deck 

Pool 

SUN DECK 

Sun Deck 

Pool 

402 404 406 408 

Lower 

Sun 

Sun Deck 

402 

Deck 

404 406 

Pool 

408 

Lower 

401 

407 

Sun Deck 

402 404 403 406 405 

408 

Lower 

407 

Sun Deck 

402 401 404 403 406 405 

408 

Lower 

401 403 405 407 

PROMENADE Sun Deck DECK 402302 

404304 406306 308408 

310 312 

Lower 

401 403 405 407 

Sun Deck Lounge 

302 304 306 308 310 312 

Lounge 

401302 

301 403304 303 405 407 

306 305 308 307 309 310 312 311 

Lounge 

302 301 304 303 306 305 308 307 309 310 312 311 

Lounge 

Lounge302 

301 

304 

303 

202306 305 

204308 307 309 

206 208 310 312 

311 

210 

301 303 305 307 309 311 

BRIDGE DECK Lounge Restaurant Lounge 202 204 206 208 210 

Restaurant Lounge301 303 202 201305 204 203307 206 205309 208 207 311 209 210 

Restaurant Lounge 202 201 204 203 206 205 208 207 209 210 

Restaurant 

Lounge 202 

201 203 205 207 209 

104 204 106 206 108 208 110 112210 

Restaurant 

201 203 205 207 209 

104 106 108 110 112 

MAIN DECK 

201 

104 103 203 

106 105 205 

108 107 207 109 110 112 111 209 

104 103 106 105 108 107 109 110 112 111 

103 105 107 109 111 

104 106 108 110 112 

103 105 107 109 111 

103 105 107 109 111 

NILE DECK 

Royal suites (59 sqm) 

Presidential suites (38sqm) 

Promenade Deck (15 sqm avg.) 

Bridge Deck (17 sqm avg.) 

Main Deck (18 sqm avg.) 

Nile Deck (18 sqm avg.) 


IMMERSIVE 

JOURNEYS 

Jordan: Petra & Beyond 


Adventurers can cross Crusader kingdoms and see biblical beauty on a nine-day sweep 

through Jordan. Visit ancient Jerash and swoon-worthy Petra, then traverse Bedouin 

desertscapes in the Wadi Rum and rejuvenate in the Dead Sea 

Dead Sea 

Petra 

Jerash 

Amman 

JORDAN 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

ROAD 

EXTENSION 

DAY 1: Arrive Amman, Jordan 

Touch down in Amman. You’ll be cordially 

greeted and driven the 40 minutes to your 

hotel. We recommend resting well before 

tomorrow’s excitements. 

Intercontinental Amman 

DAY 2: Ajloun & Jerash 

Start your Jordan adventure at the Crusader 

castle of Ajloun. Strategically built in the 

hilly contours, on a clear day, you can admire 

views all the way to the Dead Sea. Head to 

Jerash, one of the best-preserved Greco- 

Roman cities in the world. Once a hub for 

spice traders, today you can walk around its 

striking colonnades, crumbling archways, and 

pavements permanently grooved by years of 

chariot traffic. You’ll have the afternoon to 

explore and linger as you please. 

Intercontinental Amman | Meals: B D 

DAY 3: Amman 

Today, Design your Day SM – giving 

you the freedom to choose the experience 

that is best suited to you. Select from the 

following options: 

OPTION 1: Get acquainted with Amman 

Visit Amman’s ancient citadel to view the 

monumental Temple of Hercules and the 

Umayyad Palace. Then head to the Royal 

Automobile Museum to see classic cars from 

American cruisers to regal Rolls-Royces. 

OPTION 2: Visit the Iraq Al-Amir Women 

Cooperative Society 

Take a look at the work of this local 



JORDAN 

cooperative aimed at developing craftwork by 

women in the surrounding villages. Visit both 

the fabric and paper workshop showcasing 

artisanal designs. 

This afternoon, take the opportunity to duck 

into the Jordan Museum to see the Ain Ghazal 

statues, which date from 7250 BC. 

Intercontinental Amman | Meals: B 

DAY 4: Amman – Petra 

Take the scenic route to Petra, stopping at 

Mount Nebo, from where Moses glimpsed the 

Promised Land. From its summit you can 

gaze out over Jerusalem. Follow the crosscountry 

King’s Highway, forged by Old 

Testament kings (and everyone who came 

after). You’ll swoop through the Amman 

gorge to Madaba and see its Byzantine Mosaic 

Map, made from two million pieces of stone. 

Learn how to preserve ancient mosaics before 

heading to dramatic Shobak, a 12th-century 

Crusader castle, built to guard the King’s 

Highway. Continue to your hotel in Petra. 

Mövenpick Resort Petra | Meals: B 

DAY 5: Petra 

Despite Indiana Jones’s best efforts, nothing 

can quite prepare you for Petra, Jordan’s rock 

star landmark. Sculpted into the mountain 

range, its huge carved temples and rose-hued 

sandstone beguile even the most discerning 

travellers. With over 2,000 years of history, 

you can view Nabataean masonry at its finest. 

There are over 1,000 tombs, so boot up 

to stroll around treasured sites such as 

the colonnaded Temple of Winged Lions, 

the Corinthian Tomb, the Palace Tomb, and 

the magnificent Treasury. You’ll also have the 

chance to investigate original baths, markets, 

and storerooms. 

Mövenpick Resort Petra | Meals: B L 

DAY 6: Petra 





OPTION 1: Explore Petra 

Return to the Lost City and continue 

surveying its network of tombs. This time you 

might choose to walk the Siq, the near milelong 

passageway leading to the Treasury. 

OPTION 2: Experience Little Petra 

See Siq al-Barid, smaller but no less beautiful 

than Petra. It’s mercifully overlooked by 

tourists, so you can enjoy its cooling cave 

dwellings and hand-painted frescoes in peace. 

Mövenpick Resort Petra | Meals: B 

DAY 7: Petra – Dead Sea 

Channel Lawrence of Arabia on a 4x4 journey 

across the Wadi Rum. You’ll get your kicks 


›› 

Explore the Greco- 

Roman city of Jerash 

›› 

See Petra’s ancient 

rose-red temples 

›› 

Trailblaze the Wadi Rum 

desert in a 4x4 

›› 

Sip an elegant sundowner 

by the Dead Sea 

INCLUSIONS 

33 

Design your Day SM on Days 3 & 6 

33 


33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


& 2 dinners 

33 


33 



DESIGN YOUR DAY SM 

Design your Day SM experiences 

have been organised into themes 

to help you easily identify the 

option that suits you. See Days 

3 & 6 for further details 


DAY 3: Get acquainted with Amman 

DAY 3: Visit the Iraq Al-Amir Women 

Cooperative Society 

DAY 6: Experience Little Petra 

careering through rippled desert, speckled 

with Bedouin Camps during World War I. 

These still exist today and you can pause for 

lunch under canvas. Continue to the shores of 

the Dead Sea, the lowest land on Earth, and 

check into your shoreside resort. Spend the 

rest of the afternoon hypnotised by the pale 

blue waters, best enjoyed with an icy cocktail. 

Hilton Dead Sea Resort & Spa | Meals: B L 

DAY 8: Dead Sea 

Set off for ‘Bethany Beyond the Jordan’, said 

to be the site where Jesus was baptised by 

John the Baptist. Its religious importance 

has earned it UNESCO accreditation. After 

spending time here, return to your hotel 

then cool off in the Dead Sea, a swimming 

experience of a different sort. Despite its 

name, the Dead Sea has long attracted 

travellers who believe in its rejuvenating 

qualities. Join them to bob across the surface 

of its mineral-rich waters. 

Hilton Dead Sea Resort & Spa | Meals: B D 

DAY 9: Depart Amman 

It’s time to say ‘adieu’. This morning you’ll be 

taken to the airport so you can return home. 

Meals: B 


ACTIVE 

DAY 6: Explore Petra 


EXTENSIONS 

Dead Sea post-tour extension – 

three days from £255pp 



GUARANTEED 

DEPARTURE DATES (2019) 

PRICE 

PER 

PERSON 

SEPTEMBER: 

6, 20 £2,295 

OCTOBER: 

11, 25 £2,295 

NOVEMBER: 

8 £2,295 

GUARANTEED 


PRICE 

PER 

PERSON 

FEBRUARY: 

7, 21 £2,420 

MARCH: 

6, 20 £2,420 

APRIL: 

10, 24 £2,420 

MAY: 

8 £2,295 

TRAVELLING SOLO? 

Book early and the first four solo places won’t pay any 

single supplement. The same journey, the same luxury, 

guaranteed at the same price. 

FLIGHTS 









YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

Intercontinental Amman 

Contemporary outpost in an ancient 

setting, atop one of the city’s seven hills 


JORDAN 

Mövenpick Resort Petra 

Modern luxury meets 

the ancient Middle East 

Hilton Dead Sea Resort & Spa 

Glamorous resort with 

stunning sea vistas 


IMMERSIVE 

JOURNEYS 

Splendours of Oman: 

City, Mountain & Desert 


Explore Oman’s every aspect from the coastal capital Muscat, to the mountains 

of Jebel Akhdar, through to the desert area of Sharqiya Sands. 

Herein lies culture, nature, and relaxation 

UNITED ARAB 

EMIRATES 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

ROAD 

Jebel Akhdar 

Muscat 

Sharqiya Sands 

OMAN 

Salalah 

DAY 1: Arrive Muscat, Oman 

Arrive in Muscat, where you are met and 

transferred to your hotel. Tonight, join your 

fellow travellers for a welcome dinner. 

Grand Hyatt Muscat | Meals: D 

DAY 2: Muscat 

Muscat is a unique city where modern 

commerce co-exists with traditional culture. 

Today explore the Sultan Qaboos Grand 

Mosque and the National Museum in a brief 

introduction to Oman’s fascinating history. 

After visiting the Fish Market and colourful 

Muttrah Souk, take your photo at the 

magnificent Al Alam Palace, official residence 

of His Majesty Sultan Qaboos and flanked 

by the 16th-century Portuguese forts Mirani 

and Jalali. Spend the afternoon at leisure 

discussing Muscat’s marvels. 

Grand Hyatt Muscat | Meals: B 

DAY 3: Muscat 





OPTION 1: Backstage at the opera 

Choose to visit the Royal Opera House Muscat 



OMAN 

– a fusion of Omani tradition and modernity. 

Culture is high on the Sultan’s agenda – take 

your chance to indulge with a backstage tour. 

OPTION 2: Omani cooking masterclass 

Choose the best catch of the day with your 

chef at Muttrah Fish Market and sample spices 

at Muttrah Souk. Cook up your Omani-style 

dish, then savour the flavours at lunch. 

Grand Hyatt Muscat | Meals: B 

DAY 4: Muscat – Jebel Akhdar 

Leave Muscat by 4x4 to see Barka’s fish market 

and souk, before passing the Batinah Plain 

and on to Nakhal and its fort. Turn off to Wadi 

Bani Auf to see the sedimentary mountains 

and canyon. Stop at Bilad Sayt – one of Oman’s 

quaintest villages – and explore its streets on 

foot. The patchwork of terrace farming and 

traditional houses laid out against the rocky 

slopes is breathtaking. Follow the mountain 

roads from here to Al Hamra and its mud 

houses and date plantations, before arriving at 

the resort of Alila Jabal Akhdar. 

Alila Jabal Akhdar | Meals: B D 

DAY 5: Jebel Akhdar 

This day is all about experiencing the best of 

the region with a visit to the necropolis of 

Al-Ayn, and the picturesque abandoned 

village of Wadi Bani Habib. From here, you 

can gaze across spectacular scenery of terraced 

farms and valleys, and follow trails around 

the wadi or farmlands, through the ancient 

walnut trees and fragrant pomegranate 

bushes. If you need some R’n’R, you might 

prefer to spend time at the wonderful hotel 

soaking up the views, meals, and relaxing 

spa. The choice is yours. 

Alila Jabal Akhdar | Meals: B D 

DAY 6: Jebel Akhdar – Sharqiya 

Sands 

Today you’ll visit Nizwa, capital of the 

interior and the birthplace of Islam in 

the Sultanate of Oman. Discover Nizwa’s 

famous Round Tower Fort, built in the 17th 

century, and its souk. Renowned for its cattle 

auction, hand-carved khanjars (daggers), and 

ornamental silver jewellery, be prepared to 

be wowed. Relax at Wadi Bani Khalid with 

its deep blue pools fringed by palms. Head to 

Sharqiya Sands, and see a variety of flora and 

fauna. Practice your photography skills on 

the patterns of the dunes, then check in at 

Desert Nights Camp for sunset. 

Desert Nights Camp | Meals: B D 

DAY 7: Sharqiya Sands - Muscat 

Take time this morning to enjoy camp 

activities such as camel riding or quad biking 

(additional cost to be paid at the resort). 

Then see how traditional dhows (sailboats) 

were made in the fishing town of Sur when 

you visit the dhow factory. Relax on Fins 

Beach or discover the pearl-white villages 


›› 

Spend a night under the 

stars in a desert camp 

›› 

Watch traditional dhow 

building in Sur 

›› 

Spend two nights at the 

celebrated Alila Jabal 

Akhdar hotel 

›› 

Visit the Grand Mosque 

and National Museum 

in Muscat 

›› 

Marvel at the changing 

colours of Sharqiya 

Sands 

INCLUSIONS 

33 

Design your Day SM on Day 3 

33 


33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 

7 breakfasts, 1 lunch 

& 5 dinners 

33 







option that suits you. See Day 3 

for further details 

of Wadi Tiwi, before visiting the mysterious 

Bimmah Sinkhole where you can enjoy a 

picnic lunch. Return to Muscat, where tonight 

you’ll join together for a farewell dinner. 

Grand Hyatt Muscat | Meals: B L D 

DAY 8: Depart Muscat 

Say goodbye to magical Muscat as you transfer 

to the city’s stylish new airport. 

Meals: B 



DAY 3: Omani cooking masterclass 

GUARANTEED 


PRICE 

PER 

PERSON 

SEPTEMBER: 

22 £2,865 

OCTOBER: 

6, 20 £2,995 

GUARANTEED 


PRICE 

PER 

PERSON 

FEBRUARY: 

9 £2,995 

MARCH: 

1, 15 £2,995 

APRIL: 

19 £2,995 


Book early and the first four solo places won’t pay 

any single supplement. The same journey, the same 

luxury, guaranteed at the same price. 


DAY 3: Backstage at the opera 

FLIGHTS 


offers, we don’t include international flights. Our 

specialists will be able to find the best travel options 

to suit you. 


EXTENSIONS 

Muscat pre-tour extension – 

two days from £400pp 

Salalah post-tour extension – 









YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

Grand Hyatt Muscat 

One of the most luxurious and opulent 

Arabian-style hotels in the capital 


OMAN 

Alila Jabal Akhdar 

Outstanding location, amazing views, 

and luxury beyond your wildest dreams 

Desert Nights Camp 

Experience ultimate desert adventure 

in Bedouin-style tents under the stars 


IMMERSIVE 

JOURNEYS 

The Delights of Morocco 


Ideal for travellers eager to experience Morocco’s many highlights. Featuring 

cosmopolitan Casablanca, the imperial city of Fes, the windswept sand dunes of the Erg 

Chebbi, cinematic Ouarzazate, and cultural Marrakech 

Casablanca 

Marrakech 

Ouarzazate 

MOROCCO 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

ROAD 

Volubilis 

Fes 

Erfoud 

Merzouga 

DAY 1: Arrive Casablanca, Morocco 

Arrive in the cosmopolitan port city of 

Casablanca where an A&K driver will take 

you to your hotel. After checking in, you have 

the rest of the day to explore on your own. 

Conjure romantic images of Bergman and 

Bogart while strolling past Art Deco buildings, 

or enjoy lunch at one of the waterfront 

restaurants. Why not explore the city’s café 

society and watch the world go by, or head 

to the local market for the scents of fresh 

oranges, peaches, and herbs? 

Le Casablanca Hotel 

DAY 2: Casablanca – Fes 

Wake up early to visit the Hassan II Mosque, 

the largest mosque in Morocco with the 

tallest minaret in the world. It’s also one 

of the most visually striking with pale blue 

marble, elaborate chandeliers, and glass 

floors where worshippers can pray above the 

Atlantic sea. Amble around the palm studded 

Mohammed V Square and the leafy Quartier 

Habous district, where you’ll see the city’s 

French influence. Then set off to Fez. En route, 

you’ll take a pit stop at the capital city, Rabat, 

for a look around its majestic Hassan tower 

before continuing to your hotel. 

Palais Amani | Meals: B D 

DAY 3: Fes 

It’s time to explore Morocco’s cultural capital, 

a medieval city steeped in tradition. Walk 

around its labyrinthian alleyways, riads, and 

century-old souks. Visit the 9th-century 

Al Quaraouiyine, the oldest university in the 


of Erfoud, you may find 400 million-yearold 

sharks’ teeth and ammonite fossils from 

Morocco’s underwater past. A 4x4 will take 

you through the Erg Chebbi’s rolling sand 

dunes to your tented camp. Take in the sunset 

on a camelback ride and then tuck into 

dinner around the campfire. 

Merzouga Luxury Camp | Meals: B L D 

NORTH AFRICA & THE MIDDLE EAST MOROCCO 

world, and Al-Attarine, a splendid madrasa 

patterned with mosaics. For centuries Fes 

has been an artisanal hub. Experience this at 

the leather tanneries and also at the ceramics 

factory where you can see how zellij tiles are 

made. Next stop the Dar Batha Museum, filled 

with Moroccan arts, and finally Nejjarine 

Square, with the city’s best tiled fountain. 

Palais Amani | Meals: B 

DAY 4: Volubilis & Meknes 

Take a trip to the excavation of Volubilis, 

once a 3rd-century Roman outpost that grew 

rich by trading olives. Today you can still 

see grandeur in the crumbling temples, a 

triumphal arch, and vast mosaic floors. Then 

on to the imperial city of Meknes, quieter 

than Fes but no less intriguing. It was the 

home of the Moroccan sultanate whose large 

fortifications, royal stables (sheltering 12,000 

horses), and the magnificent Bab Mansour 

gateway have remained untouched since the 

11 th century. Head back to Fes for the night. 

Palais Amani | Meals: B 

DAY 5: Fes – Erg Chebbi 

It’s an eight-hour drive from Fes to Erfoud, but 

the journey offers spectacular vistas. Traverse 

the vast Atlas Mountains where you’ll come 

across Tafilalt, a huge oasis known for its 

savoury dates and miles of palm groves. In 

the Sahara, which skirts the fortified village 

DAY 6: Erg Chebbi – Ouarzazate 

Travel west to the city of Ouarzazate stopping 

for a snapshot of the Todra Gorges, a series 

of rust-coloured river canyons. En route, pop 

into a private museum for a peek into kasbah 

culture. After five hours or so you’ll reach 

Ouarzazate, the gateway to the Sahara Desert 

and the setting for many a Hollywood movie. 

After the journey, you’ll be ready for some 

downtime by the pool with a fresh mint tea. 

Berbère Palace | Meals: B D 

DAY 7: Ouarzazate 

Today you can visit Taourirt Kasbah, one of 

the most impressive kasbahs around, with 

crenellated towers and a maze of chambers. 

The seat of the powerful Glaoui family in 

the 19 th century, you can still see traces of 

delicate stucco décor and painted cedar 

ceilings. Continue to Morocco’s most iconic 

landmark, Aït Benhaddou, a fortified site 

unchanged since the 11 th century. It’s one of 

the best-preserved ksars – a group of earthen 

buildings surrounded by high walls – and the 

most cinematic. You may recognise its clay 

architecture from films such as Gladiator and 

Lawrence of Arabia. 

Berbère Palace | Meals: B D 

DAY 8: Ouarzazate – Marrakech 

Drive back through the Atlas Mountains 

towards Marrakech. Take a photo stop at the 

Tizi n’Tichka Pass, the journey’s highest point 

at 2,260 metres. After taking in views over 

the Marrakech plains, weave down through 

red-hued Berber villages and eucalyptus trees 

all the way to your hotel. Hungry? Make sure 

to order a chwaya (grilled meat tagine), 

a local speciality. 

Les Jardins de la Medina | Meals: B 

DAY 9: Marrakech 

Explore the maze-like medina and its myriad 

souks bursting with Berber carpets, colourful 

spices, brass trinkets, and leather goods. 

Lose yourself in the buzzing Jemaa el-Fna, 


›› 

Visit Morocco’s great 

imperial cities, Fes, 

Meknes, and Marrakech 

›› 

Explore the Roman ruins 

of Volubilis 

›› 

Enjoy a night under the 

stars in a desert camp 

›› 

Spend three nights in 

whimsical Marrakech 

›› 

Rest your head in 

boutique hotels 

INCLUSIONS 

33 


33 


33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


& 4 dinners 

33 










DAY 10: Visit the Yves Saint Laurent Museum 

DAY 10: Wander Marrakech’s gardens 

a cacophony of orange juice stalls, fire-eaters, 

and snake charmers at every turn. Pause by 

the Koutoubia Mosque. Its emblematic red 

stone minaret rises to 77 metres, inspiring 

others of its kind, including the Giralda of 

Seville. Then visit the 19th-century Bahia 

Palace, which took 15 years to build, noted for 

its marble, stucco, and mosaic structures. 


DAY 10: Marrakech 





OPTION 1: Visit the Yves Saint Laurent Museum 

Visit this 13,000-square-metre building 

dedicated to the Yves Saint Laurent fashion 

house. Peruse more than 5,000 dresses 

and 15,000 haute couture accessories amid 

architecture inspired by the dazzling colours 

of Marrakech. 

OPTION 2: Wander Marrakech’s gardens 

Take a horse-drawn carriage to the Menara 

Gardens, set among orchards and olive 

groves. Then on to Jardins Majorelle, designed 

by painter Jacques Majorelle, and filled 

with cacti. 

You have the rest of the afternoon to explore 

and shop as you please. 


DAY 11: Depart Marrakech 

After breakfast, you’ll be driven to the airport 

from where you’ll depart. 

Meals: B 






GUARANTEED 



Book early and the first four solo places won’t 

pay any single supplement. The same journey, the 

same luxury, guaranteed at the same price. 

FLIGHTS 



Our specialists will be able to find the best travel 

options to suit you. 


EXTENSIONS 

PRICE 

PER 

PERSON 

SEPTEMBER: 

9 £2,995 

OCTOBER: 

7, 21 £2,995 

GUARANTEED 


PRICE 

PER 

PERSON 

MARCH: 

9 £3,240 

APRIL: 

6, 20 £3,240 

MAY: 

4 £3,240 

Marrakech post-tour extension 

– three days from £255pp 




YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 


MOROCCO 

Le Casablanca Hotel 

Art Deco retreat in the heart of the city 

Palais Amani 

Palatial riad in Fes with 1920s-style flair 

Merzouga Luxury Camp 

Splendid tented camp among sand dunes 

Berbère Palace 

Oasis-like hotel built as a 

kasbah in Ouarzazate 

Les Jardins de la Medina 

Charming riad amid orange trees 

and jacarandas in Marrakech 


IMMERSIVE 

JOURNEYS 

Quintessential Sicily 


This itinerary is perfect for those fascinated by Sicily’s historic wonders and 

classic Italian beauty. See baroque churches, seaside towns, and ancient 

temples from Syracuse to Taormina, guided by savvy local experts 

Palermo 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

ROAD 

SICILY 

Agrigento 

Ragusa 

Taormina 

Catania 

Syracuse 

Ortygia 

Noto 

DAY 1: Arrive Catania, Sicily 

Arrive at Catania’s airport and you will be 

transfered to your hotel in sun-drenched 

Syracuse. Nearly 3,000 years old, the city 

played its part as a powerful stronghold in the 

Mediterranean during ancient times. It was 

the birthplace of Archimedes and frequented 

by Plato. Cicero called it “the greatest Greek 

city and the most beautiful of all”. Spend 

the rest of the afternoon strolling around its 

golden piazzas and baroque buildings. Then 

head for dinner at a local restaurant for your 

first taste of no-nonsense Sicilian cooking. 

Hotel Ortea Palace | Meals: D 

DAY 2: Ortygia 

The white island of Ortygia is Syracuse’s 

historical centre, lapped by the sparkling 

Ionian Sea. Images of ancient Greece and 

its deities (Artemis was supposedly born 

here) are conjured as you navigate medieval 

lanes, temples, and striking duomos. Stop at 

Chiesa di Santa Lucia alla Badia to see Sicily’s 

famed Caravaggio masterpiece, The Burial 

of Saint Lucy. Then visit a Greek theatre and 

an impressive Roman amphitheatre. If you 

wish, there is also time to enjoy the Paolo Orsi 

Archaeological Museum with its displays of 

Neolithic pottery and Greek statues. 

Hotel Ortea Palace | Meals: B 

DAY 3: Noto & Ragusa 

Surviving an earthquake in the last gasp 

of the 17th century, the historic towns of 

Sicily’s south-eastern corner made a glorious 

recovery. Take the day to explore honey- 


EUROPE 

ITALY 

coloured buildings and graceful churches 

flanked by picture-perfect Italian seaside. 

Noto’s Baroque cathedral is especially 

splendid, while Ragusa’s treasures are to be 

found on a rocky hilltop. The views you get 

from its tangled alleyways are worth the 

steep climb. The region is known for great 

food: homemade gnocchi; fresh swordfish 

from Michelin-starred restaurants; and 

family-run trattorias. The area is also 

celebrated for artisanal chocolate. 

Hotel Ortea Palace | Meals: B 

DAY 4: Syracuse – Agrigento 

Set off to Agrigento to explore the Valley 

of the Temples, built by ancient Greeks and 

now Sicily’s most prized archaeological site. 

Wander around Doric temples dating back 

to the 5th century and dedicated to deities 

including Hercules and Juno. You’ll meander 

among 1,000-year-old olive trees and ponder 

Greek kingdoms before heading to your hotel, 

a stone’s throw from the park. 

Hotel Villa Athena | Meals: B D 

DAY 5: Palermo 

Head to seaside city Palermo, a couple of 

hours’ drive away. Stop en route at Monreale 

Cathedral, a place of intoxicating beauty. It’s a 

stupendous example of Norman architecture 

where you can investigate 12th-century 

gold leaf mosaics, palm dotted grounds, and 

colonnaded cloisters. Continue to your hotel 

in Palermo and check-in. Feeling peckish? 

Grab some arancini at the food market and 

settle down to enjoy it in one of Palermo’s 

beautiful squares. 

Grand Hotel Villa Igiea | Meals: B 


Take the morning to enjoy a sweep of the 

city’s finest churches. As captivating as it is 

romantic, much of Palermo’s history can 

be seen on foot. First stop the cathedral, to 

admire its white marble shell and panoramic 

rooftop views. Walk to old Palermo’s Quattro 

Canti where you can visit the pared-back 

church of San Cataldo with its three red 

domes. Then pop into the Palatine Chapel, 

small but dazzling – yet another Norman 

triumph. You can sooth any aching muscles 

with a massage back at your hotel. 







OPTION 1: A day at the opera 

Step inside Palermo’s romantic Teatro 

Massimo, the largest opera house in Italy. 

It featured in the film The Godfather III, a 

testament to its dramatic appearance. 


›› 

Explore the ancient 

Greek city Ortygia 

›› 

See temples dedicated to 

gods in Agrigento 

›› 

Visit the honey-gold, 

model Baroque towns 

of Noto and Ragusa 

›› 

Admire gold-leaf mosaics 

at Monreale Cathedral 

›› 

Rest your head in 

picturesque Taormina 

INCLUSIONS 

33 


33 


33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 

9 breakfasts & 4 dinners 

33 


33 







option that suits you. See 

Day 7 for further details 


DAY 7: Sample some street eats 


DAY 7: A day at the opera 

OPTION 2: Sample some street eats 

Hit the food market to try local delicacies 

such as panelle (chickpea fritters) and gelato 

con brioche, the ultimate sweet treat. Those 

feeling adventurous should nibble on pani ca 

meusa (spleen sandwiches). 


DAY 8: Palermo – Taormina 

It’s an early start to get to Taormina. Along 

the way, you’ll stop at the rural town of Piazza 

Armerina to take a look at Villa Romana 

del Casale, once a luxurious Roman abode. 

Observe its exquisite mosaics depicting 

mythological scenes before continuing to the 

hilltop town of Taormina. Arrive at your final 

hotel and drink in the sea views. 

Hotel NH Collection Taormina | Meals: B D 

DAY 9: Taormina 

Soak up la dolce vita at this outpost at the 

foot of Mount Etna. Over the years, Taormina 

has hosted famous faces from DH Lawrence, 

who lived here in the 1920s, to various rock 

stars. Who would blame them? It’s achingly 

beautiful with narrow streets, uninterrupted 

sea views, and an inspiring Greek theatre. 

Spend the day exploring at your own pace 

before a farewell dinner at a local restaurant. 

Hotel NH Collection Taormina | Meals: B D 

DAY 10: Depart Catania 

Today your driver will take you to the airport 

for your departure from Sicily. 

Meals: B 






GUARANTEED 


PRICE 

PER 

PERSON 

SEPTEMBER: 

6, 20 £3,565 

OCTOBER: 

4, 18 £3,565 

NOVEMBER: 

8 £2,995 

GUARANTEED 


PRICE 

PER 

PERSON 

MARCH: 

6, 20 £2,995 





FLIGHTS 

To provide you with flexibility and the latest 

flight offers, we don’t include international flights. 




YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

EUROPE 

ITALY 

Hotel Ortea Palace 

Ornate Italian hotel splendour 

built in the 1920s 

Hotel Villa Athena 

Classical residence overlooking the 

Valley of the Temples 

Grand Hotel Villa Igiea 

Splendid sea-facing hotel in Palermo 

complete with Italian masterpieces 

Hotel NH Collection Taormina 

Contemporary hotel with 

wow-factor views 


IMMERSIVE 

JOURNEYS 

The Treasures of Russia 


The perfect itinerary for those wanting to explore the highlights of Russia’s two iconic 

cities, Moscow and St Petersburg. Featuring the country’s finest sights – diamond regalia, 

onion-domed cathedrals, and palatial museums 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

RAIL 

St Petersburg 

RUSSIA 

Moscow 

DAY 1: Arrive Moscow, Russia 

Land in Moscow and you will be taken to your 

hotel. After travelling, you can take advantage 

of the hotel’s Mandara Spa. For those eager 

to explore, downtown Moscow is on your 

doorstep. Walk down the 15th-century Arbat, 

one of the city’s oldest surviving streets. 

Or stroll to the monumental Red Square to 

catch your first glimpse of the Kremlin and 

St Basil’s Cathedral. Hungry? Your hotel has 

a very good Italian restaurant headed by 

Michelin-star chef, Carlo Cracco. 

Lotte Hotel Moscow 

DAY 2: Moscow 

No trip to Moscow is complete without a 

visit to the Kremlin, the symbol of Russia’s 

political power. A 14th-century walled fort 

(its name literally means ‘fortress within 

a city’), the complex is as dazzling as it is 

thought-provoking. Comfortable shoes are 

imperative for walking past the miles of 

imperial costumes, thrones, and diamond 

regalia. You’ll visit the five-domed Assumption 

Cathedral, as well as the Annunciation and 

Archangel churches. You will also have a 

chance to see the ceremonial parade of the 

Horse Guard. Tonight, join your fellow 

travellers for a welcome dinner. 

Lotte Hotel Moscow | Meals: B D 

DAY 3: Moscow 

Spend the morning exploring the city’s 

landmarks. Start at Red Square, which 

conjures images of tsars and coronations. 

Then walk across to the oft-photographed 


EUROPE 

RUSSIA 

St Basil’s Cathedral with its multi-coloured 

domes, commissioned by Ivan the Terrible in 

the 16th century. Inside you’ll find it’s just as 

vivid with an array of brightly painted murals. 

Afterwards, take a ride on the Moscow Metro. 

Also known as the ‘Palaces of the People’, it’s 

probably the most ornate mode of transport 

you will ever encounter. 

Lotte Hotel Moscow | Meals: B 

DAY 4: Moscow – St Petersburg 





OPTION 1: Go to the GARAGE 

Visit Russia’s leading contemporary art 

museum. Revamped by Roman Abramovich 

and Dasha Zhukova, the nearly 20,000-squaremetre 

structure hosts exhibitions, events, and 

opportunities for public dialogue. 

OPTION 2: Visit Novodevichy Convent 

Head to the tranquil Novodevichy Convent, 

frequented by noblewomen in the 16th 

century. In its cemetery you will find the final 

resting places of Chekhov and Prokofiev. 

OPTION 3: Take in the Tretyakov Gallery 

Browse the world’s best collection of Russian 

fine art. This includes icons and works 

by artists such as Andrei Rublev, Wassily 

Kandinsky, and Kazimir Malevich. 

In the afternoon, take the high-speed train to 

St Petersburg, where you’ll be met and driven 

to your hotel. The city is known as the Venice 

of the North for its network of canals, so you 

may want to spend some of the afternoon 

walking alongside the waterways. 

Lotte Hotel St Petersburg | Meals: B 

DAY 5: St Petersburg 

Start your day at Peter and Paul Fortress, 

founded by Peter the Great in 1703. It was 

later used as a prison, incarcerating Gorky and 

Trotsky among other left-wing figures. Also 

visit the onion-domed Church of the Saviour 

on Spilled Blood, built on the spot where 

Emperor Alexander II was assassinated. The 

interior dazzles with 7,500 square metres of 

mosaics. Stop in at the Tsarskoye Selo, once an 

imperial retreat, also known as Pushkin, after 

Russia’s beloved writer who studied here. Take 

time to stroll around its Rococo Catherine 

Palace and immaculate gardens. 







OPTION 1: See the hidden Hermitage 

Peek inside the Hermitage Museum’s vaults. 

While you will be visiting the museum 

tomorrow, today you have the opportunity 


›› 

View the Kremlin’s 

imperial glitz 

›› 

Hop from Moscow to 

St Petersburg on a 

high-speed train 

›› 

Take a ride on the 

palatial Moscow Metro 

›› 

Discover enormous royal 

art collections in the 

Hermitage Museum 

›› 

Stay in opulent hotels 

close to Russia’s famous 

landmarks 

INCLUSIONS 

33 

Design your Day SM on Days 

4 & 6 

33 


33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


33 


33 










DAY 4: Go to the GARAGE 

DAY 4: Visit Novodevichy Convent 

DAY 4: Take in the Tretyakov Gallery 

DAY 6: See the hidden Hermitage 

DAY 6: See Russia’s greatest artworks 

ACTIVE 

DAY 6: Climb St Isaac’s Cathedral 





to preview its antique frescoes and furniture, 

which are temporarily exhibited in a state-ofthe-art 

restoration facility. 

OPTION 2: Climb St Isaac’s Cathedral 

As well as lavish interiors, St Isaac’s Cathedral 

is renowned for its gleaming gold dome. 

Feeling sprightly? Walk up its 262 steps to 

the top for the best city views. 

OPTION 3: See Russia’s greatest artworks 

Visit the State Russian Museum, dedicated 

to preserving art from avant-garde works by 

Kazimir Malevich to paintings by the great 

Karl Bryullov. 



The second largest museum in the world, the 

State Hermitage Museum was commissioned 

by Catherine the Great in 1764 as a court 

museum, adjoining the Winter Palace. Today 

you can view some of the huge collection 

which includes works by da Vinci, Rembrandt, 

Rubens, Picasso, Monet, and Matisse. Not 

to mention the ostentatious Imperial rooms. 

Don’t miss the Ambassador’s Staircase, the 

Throne Room, and the Ballroom in particular. 

You have the afternoon to explore on your 

own before a celebratory dinner. 

Lotte Hotel St Petersburg | Meals: B D 

DAY 8: Depart St Petersburg 

Today you are driven to the airport from 

where you’ll depart for home. 

Meals: B 


GUARANTEED 


PRICE 

PER 

PERSON 

JUNE: 

14 £3,150 

JULY: 

19 £3,150 

AUGUST: 

16 £2,895 

SEPTEMBER: 

6, 20 £2,895 

OCTOBER: 

11 £2,675 

GUARANTEED 


PRICE 

PER 

PERSON 

MARCH: 

20 £2,675 

APRIL: 

10, 24 £2,675 

MAY: 

1 £2,675 





FLIGHTS 





EUROPE 

RUSSIA 

YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

Lotte Hotel Moscow 

Opulence in the heart of 

downtown Moscow 

Lotte Hotel St Petersburg 

Contemporary comfort 

in a historic mansion 


Scandinavia: 

Stockholm, Copenhagen & Oslo 


Ideal for those drawn by the historic charm of northern Europe, this refined itinerary 

offers an enlightening tour of the pristine Scandinavian capitals of 

Stockholm, Copenhagen, and Oslo 

LUXURY 

SMALL GROUP 

JOURNEYS 


›› 

Visit three lively 

Scandinavian capitals, and 

their most iconic hotels 

›› 

Experience modern 

Norwegian cuisine at 

Oslo’s Mathallen Food Hall 

›› 

Go to Sigtuna and tour 

Uppsala’s majestic Gothic 

cathedral 

›› 

Travel first-class from 

Stockholm to Copenhagen, 

across the Øresund 

Bridge, by train 

›› 

View authentic, excavated 

Norse longships in Oslo 

and Stockholm 

INCLUSIONS 

33 


33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


& 5 dinners 

33 


33 


33 


on Days 5 & 7 

33 


Voss 

Bergen 

Gudvangen/Flåm 

NORWAY 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

ROAD 

CRUISE 

RAIL 

EXTENSION 

Oslo 

DENMARK 

DAY 1: Arrive Stockholm, Sweden 

Land in Stockholm, capital of Sweden, where 

you are met and transferred to your centrally 

located hotel. Tonight, join your resident tour 

director for a briefing and reception followed 

by a welcome dinner at a local restaurant. 

Grand Hotel | Meals: D 

DAY 2: Stockholm 

Today, tour the city, built on a 14-island 

archipelago. Visit Gamla Stan (Old Town), 

walking its cobblestone streets past shops, 

museums, and galleries, as well as the Royal 

Palace. Explore the island of Djurgården and 

the neighbourhood of Kungsholmen, where 

you enter the Stockholm City Hall, site of the 

Nobel Prize awards banquet. After lunch at a 

local restaurant, tour the Vasa Museum, home 

to the only preserved 17th-century ship in the 

world. The rest of your day is at leisure. 

Grand Hotel | Meals: B L 

DAY 3: Uppsala & Sigtuna 

Travel to Uppsala to tour its soaring Gothic 

cathedral. Inside, view the 14th-century 

murals depicting the legend of Saint Eric, 

patron saint of Sweden. Break for lunch, and 

then proceed to Sigtuna, Sweden’s first town, 

to appreciate its charming wooden buildings 

and fascinating rune stones. 

Grand Hotel | Meals: B L D 

SWEDEN 

Elsinore 

Uppsala 

Stockholm 

Copenhagen 

DAY 4: Copenhagen, Denmark 

After a leisurely morning, board the express 

train that whisks you to Copenhagen, crossing 

the Øresund Bridge, an eight-kilometre 

engineering marvel that spans the strait 

between Sweden and Denmark. Check into 

your hotel and savour a Danish dinner at a 

local restaurant. 

SKT. PETRI | Meals: B D 

DAY 5: Copenhagen 

Start your day with a city tour of Copenhagen, 

Denmark’s elegant capital. Cruise the canals 

to see the city from a unique perspective. 

Spend your afternoon at leisure, with the 

included option to visit the Tivoli Gardens. 

This evening, enjoy dinner at a restaurant in 

the gardens. 

SKT. PETRI | Meals: B D 

DAY 6: Elsinore 

Tour Frederiksborg Castle, a stunning example 

of Renaissance architecture. Proceed to the 

charming fishing village of Gilleleje for lunch. 

Afterwards, tour nearby Elsinore’s Kronborg 

Castle, a UNESCO World Heritage Site and 

the setting of Shakespeare’s Hamlet. Return 

to Copenhagen. 

SKT. PETRI | Meals: B L 

DAY 7: Copenhagen – Oslo, Norway 

Experience urban beekeeping on the roof of 

Copenhagen’s city hall. Stop for lunch at a 

local restaurant before boarding an overnight 

ferry to the Norwegian capital, Oslo. Relax in 


EUROPE 

SCANDINAVIA 

YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 


GUARANTEED 

DEPARTURE 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

SINGLE 

SUPP. 

FROM 

Commodore Class and enjoy the vessel’s many 

recently renovated facilities. 

DFDS Seaways | Meals: B L 

DAY 8: Oslo 

Awaken to the views of the Oslo Fjord as 

you sail into Norway’s cosmopolitan capital. 

After a hearty breakfast, disembark and visit 

the Mathallen Food Hall, and take part in a 

cooking class focused on modern Norwegian 

cuisine. Enjoy the lunch you helped prepare, 

before visiting the city with a local guide. 

Receive an exclusive behind-the-scenes 

tour of the stunning waterfront opera house 

and visit the Viking Ship Museum, with its 

restored medieval longships as well as the 

Kon-Tiki Museum, housing adventurer Thor 

Heyerdahl’s famous expedition vessel. 

Hotel Continental Oslo | Meals: B L 

DAY 9: Oslo 

This morning, enjoy a private guided tour 

of the Munch Museum – devoted to the art 

of Norwegian artist Edvard Munch, who 

bequeathed all of his works to the city of Oslo. 

Then, spend your afternoon at leisure before 

gathering this evening for a farewell dinner at 

a local restaurant. 

Hotel Continental Oslo | Meals: B D 

DAY 10: Depart Oslo 

After breakfast, transfer to the airport to 

depart for home or perhaps begin your 

post-tour extension. 

Meals: B 

MAY: 

11 £7,995 £2,765 

JUNE: 

15 £8,150 £2,840 

JULY: 

13 £8,150 £2,840 

AUGUST: 

10, 24 £8,150 £2,840 

SEPTEMBER: 

7 £7,995 £2,765 

OCTOBER: 

5 £7,995 £2,765 



FLIGHTS 




to suit you. 


EXTENSIONS 

Bergen & Norway’s Fjords 

post-tour extension – 

six days from £3,995pp 







Grand Hotel 

Helsinki waterfront hotel overlooking 

the Royal Palace and Gamla Stan 

SKT. PETRI 

Uniquely designed hotel in the heart 

of Copenhagen’s Latin Quarter 

DFDS Seaways 

Comfortable, recently renovated 

cruise ship with many amenities 

Hotel Continental Oslo 

Elegantly appointed luxury hotel, 

family-owned for four generations 


IMMERSIVE 

JOURNEYS 

Splendours of the Golden Triangle 


Ideal for first time visitors to India, this tour features the Golden Triangle’s main sights coupled 

with the city of Udaipur. Prepare for complete immersion in the country’s most incredible destinations 

Udaipur 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

AIR 

ROAD 

EXTENSION 

Amritsar 

Jaipur 

INDIA 

Delhi 

Shimla 

Agra 

Varanasi 

DAY 1: Arrive New Delhi, India 

Touch down in New Delhi, where you are met 

and transferred to your hotel. 

Sheraton New Delhi Hotel 

DAY 2: Old & New Delhi 

A busy day taking in the sights of 

Old and New Delhi, and visiting the 

AKP-supported Deepalaya School. Visit Jama 

Masjid, the largest Indian mosque, then the 

Red Fort for its teeming bazaars. You’ll drive 

past the cremation sites of Gandhi and Nehru. 

Then it’s over to New Delhi to Humayun’s 

Tomb. You can’t miss the 42-metre-high 

stone arch of India Gate, before a drive along 

Rajpath, flanked by ornamental ponds. Try 

to glimpse the Rashtrapati Bhawan. Enjoy a 

welcome dinner this evening with your group. 

Sheraton New Delhi Hotel | Meals: B L D 

DAY 3: New Delhi 





OPTION 1: Seek out Sikhism 

Spend time in the kitchen of Gurudwara 

Bangla Sahib, where the community cooks 

for the needy, and be blessed by Lakshmi 

Narayan Mandir’s priest. 

OPTION 2: Get spicy with Indian cuisine 

Time to relish Indian delicacies cooked by 

you, after visiting a local spice and vegetable 

market and learning how to create the perfect 

dish for your stomach and your heart. 

OPTION 3: Appreciate artworks at the National 

Gallery of Modern Art 

Its 12,000 square metres of exhibition space 

makes the NGMA one the world’s largest 



a royal dowry. Spend your afternoon as you 

choose: perhaps visiting Hansraj Children’s 

Home, a residential school where an A&K 

Philanthropy project is improving facilities. 

Hotel Fateh Garh Udaipur | Meals: B L 

NORTHERN INDIA 

modern art museums. Wander among over 

14,000 local pictures and sculptures, as well as 

foreign works. 

Spend the afternoon at your leisure. 

Sheraton New Delhi Hotel | Meals: B 

DAY 4: New Delhi – Udaipur 

This morning, transfer to the airport and fly 

to Udaipur, India’s most romantic city. Upon 

arrival, you will be met and transferred to 

your hotel and from here you can explore the 

tumbling, whitewashed mansions and Aravalli 

Hills. At sunset take a boat ride on the placid, 

shimmering waters of Lake Pichola. From the 

boat, view the city rising majestically above 

the lake in the middle of the Rajasthan desert. 

Be sure to visit the Jag Mandir Palace – a 

second island palace in the middle of the lake. 

You might recognise it from the 1983 Bond 

film, Octopussy. 

Hotel Fateh Garh Udaipur | Meals: B 

DAY 5: Udaipur 

Enjoy a sumptuous breakfast before a 

morning city tour of Udaipur. Be amazed at 

the enormous City Palace and the paintings, 

mosaics, chhatries, and architecturally brilliant 

façade. Visit the Crystal Gallery, which houses 

crystal ornaments, fountains, crockery, and 

furniture. Saheliyon-ki-Bari, ‘The Garden of 

the Maids of Honour’, is a lavish tribute to 

the 48 ladies-in-waiting who formed part of 

DAY 6: Udaipur 





OPTION 1: Hop in the saddle for the best views 

Use pedal power to appreciate Udaipur’s 

wonderful surroundings. Head up the Aravalli 

mountains, passing the Monsoon Palace and 

Badi Lake, and meeting some local people 

along your route. 

OPTION 2: Tickle the tastebuds with 

traditional cuisine 

Learn the local Rajasthani approach to 

cooking from a family with centuriesold 

recipes, then enjoy the lunch you’ve 

made. Guests will help the family shortlist 

ingredients, and prepare the exquisite meal. 


Hotel Fateh Garh Udaipur | Meals: B 

DAY 7: Udaipur – Jaipur 

This morning, transfer to the airport and fly 

the one hour to Jaipur. Upon arrival, you will 

be met and transferred to your hotel. 


ITC Rajputana, a Luxury Collection Hotel | Meals: B 

DAY 8: Jaipur 

Today is all about understanding the city, 

starting with a tour of the Amber Fort, with 

its distinctive Mughal architecture. Initiated in 

1600 by Raja Man Singh, the fort was added 

to over the years by subsequent rulers. After 

lunch, it’s time for a quick photo at Hawa 

Mahal (also known as the ‘Palace of Winds’), 

perhaps Jaipur’s most famous building, with 

its red and pink façade. Head to City Palace, 

a large complex, and then end your tour at the 

Jantar Mantar Observatory. 

ITC Rajputana, a Luxury Collection Hotel | Meals: B L 

DAY 9: Jaipur 





OPTION 1: Spot the leopard 

Safari in Jhalana Reserve Forest to get up close 


›› 

View the Taj Mahal at 

sunrise and sunset 

›› 

Spend three nights 

each in Delhi, Udaipur, 

and Jaipur 

›› 

Enjoy a sunset boat ride 

on Lake Pichola 

›› 

Discover the old and new 

faces of Delhi 

›› 

View the jewel of Jaipur, 

the Amber Fort 

INCLUSIONS 

33 

Design your Day SM on Days 3, 

6 & 9 

33 


33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


33 


& 2 dinners 

33 


33 







option that suits you. See Days 3, 



DAY 3: Seek out Sikhism 

DAY 3: Appreciate artworks at the 

National Gallery of Modern Art 


DAY 3: Get spicy with Indian cuisine 

DAY 6 Tickle the tastebuds with 

traditional cooking 

ACTIVE 

DAY 6: Hop in the saddle for the best views 

DAY 9: Spot the leopard 

DAY 9: Hike in the foothills of the Amer 

DAY 9: Go water walking 

to the elusive leopard. With around 15 leopard 

living in this forest, you stand a good chance 

of glimpsing one of the beautiful beasts. 

OPTION 2: Hike in the foothills of the Amer 

Walk along the Amer to the Anokhi Museum 

of Hand Printing. This popular traditional 

pastime is housed in a haveli, which received 

an award for its restoration from UNESCO. 

OPTION 3: Go water walking 

Trek the water walk at Nahargarh to see 

how water was channelled in ancient times 

from hilltop forts. Take in the sights of 

Madhavendra Bhawan and fine city views. 


ITC Rajputana, a Luxury Collection Hotel | Meals: B 

DAY 10: Jaipur – Fatehpur Sikri – Agra 

It’s time to head to Agra, stopping off at the 

deserted Mughal City of Fatehpur Sikri. 

Located in Uttar Pradesh, Fatehpur Sikri 

shared imperial duties with Agra and is 

regarded as Emperor Akbar’s crowning 

architectural legacy. Its palaces, halls, and 

masjids or mosques satisfied his aesthetic 

impulses, so typical of Mughals, and so 

intriguing to us still. From here, head to Agra 

and check in at your hotel. Tonight, visit the 

Taj Mahal at sunset and drink in the view. 

Then, join your group for a farewell dinner. 

ITC Mughal, a Luxury Collection Hotel | Meals: B D 

DAY 11: Agra – New Delhi 

One visit to the Taj Mahal is never enough, 

so rise early to wonder at the breathtaking 

monument in a moment of peace before 

sunrise. Then it’s time to return to your hotel 

for breakfast. Once you’ve eaten, head to 

Agra Fort on the bend of the River Yamuna, 

almost in the heart of the town. Built by the 

great Mughal emperor Akbar I as his citadel 

between 1565 and 1573, it has imposing gates 

and red sandstone walls – a beautiful example 

of Indian architecture. Transfer to Delhi 

airport and depart for the UK. 

Meals: B 






EXTENSIONS 

Shimla post-tour extension – 

four days from £545pp 

Varanasi post-tour extension – 


Amritsar post-tour extension – 





GUARANTEED 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

SEPTEMBER: 

27 £2,355 

OCTOBER: 

11, 25 £2,425 

NOVEMBER: 

8, 22 £2,425 

GUARANTEED 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

FEBRUARY: 

7, 21 £2,495 

MARCH: 

6, 13, 27 £2,495 





FLIGHTS 






NORTHERN INDIA 

YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

Sheraton New Delhi Hotel 

This central location with refined 

touches opens New Delhi’s doors 

Hotel Fateh Garh Udaipur 

Take advantage of renowned Vedic 

architecture and a palatial pool in Udaipur 

ITC Rajputana, a Luxury Collection 

Hotel 

Enjoy Jaipur in refinement with all mod cons 

ITC Mughal, a Luxury Collection 

Hotel 

Offering easy access to the Taj Mahal 


IMMERSIVE 

JOURNEYS 

The Secrets of Southern India 


If you’re game to explore Southern India’s lesser-travelled road from Kerala to 

Tamil Nadu, this is the tour for you. Featuring historical Kochi, Kumarakom’s backwaters, 

Munnar’s tea estates, and the splendid temple town of Madurai 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

AIR 

ROAD 

EXTENSION 

Goa 

Munnar 

Kochi 

Kumarakom 

Madurai 

Periyar 

Chennai 

DAY 1: Arrive Kochi, India 

Land in the coastal city of Kochi (or Cochin) 

where you’ll be chauffeured to your hotel. 

Your afternoon jaunt starts at Mattancherry 

Palace, gifted to the King of Kochi in the 16th 

century, displaying well-preserved Hindu 

murals. Then visit St Francis Church, India’s 

first European-built church. In the afternoon, 

take a boat ride along the harbour, stopping at 

the Bolgatty Palace, one of India’s oldest Dutch 

mansions. You’ll see fishermen tending to 

Chinese nets and lush islands with waterside 

hamlets. Return to your hotel to get ready for 

your welcome dinner. 

Forte Kochi | Meals: D 

DAY 2: Kochi 

Today, Design your Day SM – giving you 

the freedom to choose the experience that is 

best suited to you. 

This morning, visit Paradesi Synagogue, 

the oldest active synagogue in the 

Commonwealth. Peruse Chinese 

hand-painted tiles, a brass pulpit, 

and Belgian glass chandeliers. 

Select Option 1, which occurs prior to the 

synagogue visit, or from Option 2 or 3 which 

occur afterwards: 

OPTION 1: Bike Kochi 

Pedal around the city’s diverse landmarks 

and communities on a four-hour tour. 

Highlights include the colonial-era Thakur 

House, the Dutch Cemetery, the Jeevamatha 

Church, and the atmospheric dhobi khana 

(public laundry). 

OPTION 2: Crabbing in Kumbalangi 

Visit Kumbalangi, an island village tucked 

away in the backwaters. Watch weavers work 

with coir, learn about the traditional Chinese 

nets, or take part in a spot of crab fishing. 



OPTION 3: Enjoy a kathakali performance 

Traditionally, the kathakali dance performance 

lasts all night until dawn. However, you can 

experience a shorter version of its dramatic 

choreography depicting Hindu epics. 

Forte Kochi | Meals: B 

DAY 3: Kochi – Kumarakom 

Leave Kochi after breakfast and head towards 

Kumarakom, a traditional village in Kerala’s 

backwater paradise. Sitting on the picturesque 

Vembanad Lake, your hotel is accessible only 

by boat. Glide through serene water dotted 

with hyacinths and check into your hotel. You 

may want to spend the rest of the afternoon 

unwinding with an Ayurvedic massage or sit 

out by the lake, cocktail in hand. 

Coconut Lagoon | Meals: B 

DAY 4: Kumarakom 

Exploring Kerala’s backwaters on a traditional 

houseboat is a must. The cocoon-like rice 

barge is one of the region’s most iconic 

images. Punt along sun-dappled waterways 

and through corridors of mangroves, coconut 

palms, and thick paddy fields. From the deck, 

you might catch glimpses of fishermen hauling 

their nets and an egret or two perched in the 

vegetation. You’ll pass sleepy fishing villages 

with women weaving on the shoreline and 

children playing in the shallows. 

Coconut Lagoon | Meals: B L 

DAY 5: Kumarakom – Periyar 

This morning, a driver will take you into 

the Western Ghats to explore an area of 

remarkable natural beauty. The Periyar 

National Park is a sanctuary for wildlife 

including the Indian elephant and tiger that 

congregate around the rolling rivers. Spend 

time exploring miles of tropical forest, huge 

dams and serene lakes. Then continue to your 

hotel in the Cardamom Hills where you can 

stroll around the spice gardens and take a dip 

in the pool. 

Shalimar Spice Garden | Meals: B 

DAY 6: Periyar – Munnar 

It’s a three-hour drive to the misty mountain 

town of Munnar, famed for its emerald tea 

gardens. Sitting at the confluence of three 

rivers, its forested highlands are home to herds 

of wild elephant and vivid flora and fauna. 

You can visit the Tea Museum showcasing 

the work of British tea planters, before taking 

a walk through the plantations. Here you’ll 

see local workers clipping tea bushes and 

collecting the valuable leaves. There’s time 

to visit the nearby market before you return 

to your hotel. 

Windermere Estate | Meals: B 

DAY 7: Munnar 





OPTION 1: Jump on a jeep safari 

Take a jeep ride to the world’s highest tea 

estate, Kolukkumalai, for a behind-the-scenes 

tour of its factory. Then enjoy a picnic lunch 

amid rural countryside. 

OPTION 2: Take a hike in the Letchmi Hills 

Hike to the top of the Letchmi Hills where on 

a clear day you can see Anamudi, the highest 

peak in southern India. Take a picnic and 

enjoy wildlife spotting. 

OPTION 3: Trek to Chokkarmudi 

Follow the Chokkarmudi trail up craggy 

mountain slopes from where you can see 

rolling tea plantations and tiny villages 

embroidered in the hilly contours. 

OPTION 4: Climb to Top Station 

The best views can be achieved in higher 

territory. Trek the ridges of the Western Ghats 

to Top Station where you can take in towering 

mountain peaks from above the clouds. 

Windermere Estate | Meals: B 


›› 

Punt through 

Kumarakom’s backwaters 

on a traditional barge 

›› 

Sip the freshest brew at a 

tea plantation in Munnar 

›› 

Trek to Munnar’s Top 

Station for ultimate 

peak views 

›› 

Explore Southern India’s 

star wildlife sanctuary, 

Periyar National Park 

›› 

Visit the iconic temple 

town of Madurai 

INCLUSIONS 

33 

Design your Day SM on 

Days 2 & 7 

33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


33 

10 breakfasts, 1 lunch & 

2 dinners 

33 


33 


SOUTHERN INDIA 







Days 2 & 7 for further details 


DAY 2: Crabbing in Kumbalangi 

DAY 2: See a kathakali performance 

DAY 7: Jump on a jeep safari 

DAY 8: Munnar – Madurai 

Cross over to the temple city of Madurai, 

Tamil Nadu’s spiritual heart. On the banks of 

the River Vaigai, it’s one of the oldest cities in 

the world with over two millennia of complex 

history. Today the metropolis pulses with 

worshippers travelling to pray at its temples. 

Your hotel sits in a quiet spot in the hills 

where you can unwind and have lunch – 

Tamil Nadu is renowned for fresh ground 

masalas. Or take a tuk-tuk to investigate the 

Dravidian architecture. 

Heritage Madurai | Meals: B 

ACTIVE 

DAY 2: Bike Kochi 

DAY 7: Hike in the Letchmi Hills 

DAY 7: Trek to Chokkarmudi 

DAY 7: Climb to Top Station 

DAY 9: Madurai 

Every year, thousands make the pilgrimage to 

the Meenakshi Temple, celebrating Lord Shiva 

and the Meenakshi deity. This morning you 

can explore its dazzling maze of courtyards, 

grand pillared hallways, and towers of brightly 

painted stucco carvings. Take a break in the 

afternoon, perhaps recuperating in your 

hotel spa. Return to the temple at dusk for 

the closing ceremony, a spectacle of idols, 

musicians, and rituals in procession. From one 

celebration to another, return to your hotel for 

a final dinner. 

Heritage Madurai | Meals: B D 

DAY 10: Madurai – Chennai 

This morning you’ll be driven to the airport 

for your flight to Chennai. On arrival, you’ll 

be taken straight to your hotel. Relax by the 

pool or you may want to stroll around the 

city’s Victorian-era buildings. There’s also the 

Chennai Fish Market and Fort St George, 

a strategic outpost during the British Empire. 

Trident Hotel | Meals: B 

DAY 11: Depart Chennai 

Your chauffeur will drive you to Chennai 

airport from where you’ll depart. 

Meals: B 


EXTENSIONS 

Goa post-tour extension – 





GUARANTEED 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

OCTOBER: 

12, 26 £2,355 

NOVEMBER: 

9, 23 £2,355 

GUARANTEED 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

JANUARY: 

11, 25 £2,455 

FEBRUARY: 

8, 22 £2,455 

MARCH: 

14 £2,455 





FLIGHTS 




to suit you. 






YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

Forte Kochi 

Colonial-style hotel in 

historical Fort Kochi 


SOUTHERN INDIA 

Coconut Lagoon 

Based on a traditional Keralan village 

in the backwaters of Kumarakom 

Shalimar Spice Garden 

Stylish thatched cottages among 

the spice gardens in Thekkady 

Windermere Estate 

Stone bungalows and plantation 

style in the Cardamom Hills 

Heritage Madurai 

Old-world charm among seven 

hectares of lush gardens 

Trident Hotel 

Modern luxury near Chennai’s landmarks 


IMMERSIVE 

JOURNEYS 

The Spice Lands of 

Sri Lanka 


Even for seasoned travellers, Sri Lanka offers a wealth of unique cultural attractions coupled with superb 

scenery. Visit heritage sites, explore national parks, and stay in characterful, authentic hotels 

Colombo 

Galle 

Dambulla 

SRI LANKA 

Habarana 

Polonnaruwa 

Kandy 

Nuwara Eliya 

INDIAN 

OCEAN 

Yala National Park 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

ROAD 

DAY 1: Arrive Colombo, Sri Lanka 

Land in Colombo, where you are met by an 

A&K representative and transferred to your 

hotel. Spend the rest of the day at your leisure. 

Galle Face Hotel 

DAY 2: Colombo 

Today, Design your Day SM – giving you 

the freedom to choose the experience that is 

best suited to you. 

Make the most of Colombo with a morning 

tour. Sri Lanka’s capital blends historic value 

and modern vibes. Dating back over 600 years, 

it is incredibly diverse. An array of temples, 

mosques, and churches reflect the various 

beliefs on the island. Architecturally, beautiful 

façades of colonial buildings contrast with the 

modern. Discover the Gangaramaya Buddhist 

Temple, the Pettah bazaar, the Wolvendaal 

Dutch Church, the Old Parliament, and 

Independence Square. 

This afternoon, select from the following 

options: 

OPTION 1: Get arty in Colombo 

Tour Saskia Fernando Gallery and admire 

contemporary art, and the Asokaramaya 

Buddhist Temple’s murals. Interact with street 

artisans in Viharamahadevi Park. End in style 

with a tuk-tuk ride. 

OPTION 2: Be blessed with Buddhism 

A supremely sacred site, Lord Buddha is said 

to have visited Kelaniya Temple. Tour the 

temple, then hear a short sermon and attend 

a blessing ceremony. 


of the Buddha cut into the stone, and ruins 

of ancient palaces, intricately carved moon 

stones, and royal baths. 

Jetwing Lake | Meals: B D 

DAY 5: Dambulla 

Take time at breakfast before a trip to the vast 

complex that is Dambulla cave temple. The 

site is still a significant Buddhist monastery, 

with the largest collection of cave temple 

paintings in Sri Lanka on its ceiling. It also 

houses the greatest number of Buddha 

statues in a single place. Wandering through 

the temple, absorb the serenity of this 

well-preserved landmark. It is no wonder 

Dambulla has been named a UNESCO World 

Heritage Site. Spend the rest of the day at 

your leisure. 



SRI LANKA 

OPTION 3: Stretch your legs before tea 

Join resident photographers to understand the 

island’s history. See the Old Dutch Hospital 

and Colombo Fort. Take tea then hit Pettah 

Bazaar, before dinner and drinks at your hotel. 

Galle Face Hotel | Meals: B D 

DAY 3: Colombo – Dambulla 

The early start this morning pays off with a 

stop at Ridi Viharaya cave temple. Admire 

the gold-plated Buddha and Bible Tiles, but 

linger on the cave’s carved door frame with 

its intricate carvings inlaid with ivory. Spend 

your afternoon at leisure or climb Sigiriya, 

the famed rock fortress. A UNESCO World 

Heritage Site, ‘the Lion Rock’ rises 200 metres 

above the jungle and was a royal citadel for 

almost 20 years. Admire the mirror wall, the 

graffiti, the Sigiriya frescoes, and the great lion 

paws. The 360-degree view is as breathtaking 

as the climb. 


DAY 4: Habarana & Polonnaruwa 

Delve into dual destinations today and spend 

time with monks, then see the archaeological 

monuments of Sri Lanka’s second kingdom. 

In Habarana, enjoy local hospitality, partaking 

in dana, when meals are offered to the village 

temple, followed by a Buddhist sermon. Travel 

to the ancient city of Polonnaruwa. See the 

iconic man-made reservoir, the famous Gal 

Viharaya or ‘Rock Temple’ with four statues 

DAY 6: Dambulla – Kandy 

After breakfast, head to Kandy for a personal 

guided tour, ending at the sacred Temple of 

the Tooth Relic, another UNESCO World 

Heritage Site. Historic Kandy Lake, the Royal 

Botanical Gardens, and the scenic Victoria 

Golf Club are also worthy of your time. 

Shop for silverware, brassware, and gemstudded 

jewellery, carved by skilled Kandyan 

craftsmen. Escape the evening city bustle to 

watch the sunset and religious ceremonies 

around the Sacred Temple. By special 

arrangement, meet with the head priests and 

receive their blessing. 

Mahaweli Reach Hotel | Meals: B D 

DAY 7: Kandy 





OPTION 1: Learn local culinary secrets 

Join a local family in a cookery session 

at home. Learn authentic techniques and 

flavours to create a fish or chicken curry and 

accompaniments, tasting as you go. 

OPTION 2: Experience temple traditions 

Visit four ancient temples of Kandy – 

Gadaladeniya, Lankathilaka, Degaldoruwa, 

and Embakke in a half-day trip. See how 

Hinduism has influenced Buddhist culture 

and how each temple is highly individual. 

OPTION 3: Channel your inner chieftain 

Step into the past when you try on a richly 

decorated royal costume, worn exclusively 

by the ancient kings and noble chieftains of 

Kandy (known as nilame). This is a rare photo 

opportunity to revel in traditional splendour. 

Mahaweli Reach Hotel | Meals: B D 

DAY 8: Kandy – Peradeniya – 

Nuwara Eliya 

After breakfast, stroll through the Royal 

Botanical Gardens in Peradeniya, a 14thcentury 

pleasure park for Sri Lankan royalty. 

The largest botanical garden measures 59 

hectares and is home to over 4,000 species 

of flora, and an array of butterflies and bird 

species. Admire the incredible collection 

of over 300 varieties of orchids – one of the 


›› 

Meander the streets 

of the ancient city of 

Polonnaruwa 

›› 

Visit the Temple of the 

Tooth Relic in Kandy 

›› 

Enjoy a game drive at 

Yala National Park 

›› 

Explore the famous Galle 

Dutch Fort area 

›› 

View the UNESCO-listed 

Dambulla cave temple 

INCLUSIONS 

33 

Design your Day SM on Days 

2 & 7 

33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


33 


33 










DAY 2: Get arty in Colombo 

DAY 2: Be blessed with Buddhism 

DAY 7: Experience temple traditions 

DAY 7: Channel your 

inner chieftain 


DAY 7: Learn local cooking secrets 

ACTIVE 

DAY 2: Stretch your legs before tea 

garden’s highlights, as well as giant bamboo 

and double palm trees, both of which are 

imports to the island – some from more than 

100 years ago. Visit the commonwealth war 

cemetery then leave for Nuwara Eliya. 

Langdale by Amaya | Meals: B D 

DAY 9: Nuwara Eliya 

This morning you have the opportunity to 

experience one of Sri Lanka’s highlights on a 

tea factory visit. Personally guided by a local 

expert, this is a tea experience like no other. 

Get up close and personal with handpicked 

Ceylon tea, learn about the tea manufacturing 

process, and sample several varieties in a 

tasting session to understand the different 

flavours and processes that make Sri Lankan 

teas among the best in the world. Spend the 

rest of the day at your leisure (with a cup of 

your favourite brew). 

Langdale by Amaya | Meals: B D 

DAY 10: Nuwara Eliya – Yala 

Head to Moon Plains, and visit the best 

vantage points for the central highlands of Sri 

Lanka. Suited to nature lovers, this is a halfday 

trip an hour from the hotel. Nearly 2,000 

metres above sea level and encircled by cloud 

forests, take your fill of the view and of photos 

of the surrounding mountain ranges and 

peaks including Pidurutalagala, Kirigalpotta, 

and Thotupola, and keep an eye open for the 

sambar deer, and a variety of birds. From here, 

it’s five hours’ journey to Yala. 

Jetwing Yala | Meals: B D 

DAY 11: Yala 

Rise with the sun for an early game ride with 

a local trekker, spotting wildlife unique to 

the region, before breakfast. If you’re lucky, 

you may see three of Sri Lanka’s Big Five 

endangered animals on one single safari, 

since the native leopard, sloth, and elephant 

can all be found in the area. While searching 

for the elusive leopard, herds of spotted 

deer, wild boar, wild buffalo, crocodile, 

and peacock will provide you with plenty 

of fantastic photograph opportunities. 

Spend the afternoon as you wish. 

Jetwing Yala | Meals: B D 

DAY 12: Yala – Galle 

After breakfast, drive along the south coast 

to Galle for a well-deserved rest before a late 

afternoon transfer to Galle Fort. Take time for 

a guided tour of the walled city – another of 

Sri Lanka’s UNESCO World Heritage Sites. 

The exotic mixes with the colonial here and 

the impressive fortress is a living example 

of European architecture and South Asian 

traditions melded between the 16th and 19th 

centuries. Explore Galle Fort on foot, before 

your farewell group dinner. 

Tamarind Hill | Meals: B D 

DAY 13: Depart Galle 

Transfer to Colombo airport and depart for 

the UK. 

Meals: B 


GUARANTEED 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

OCTOBER: 

20 £1,875 

NOVEMBER: 

17 £2,160 

GUARANTEED 


JANUARY: 

12 

26 

FEBRUARY: 

9 

23 

PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

£2,240 

£2,335 

£2,335 

£2,245 

MARCH: 

15 £2,145 





FLIGHTS 









YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

Galle Face Hotel 

Colonial-style hotel in Colombo 

with wonderful views of the ocean 


SRI LANKA 

Jetwing Lake 

Marvel at palatial gardens, centrally located 

for exploration of the Dambulla area 

Mahaweli Reach Hotel 

Both peaceful and picturesque, 

in an idyllic river location in Kandy 

Langdale by Amaya 

This boutique property has glorious hillside 

views across Nuwara Eliya’s plantations 

Jetwing Yala 

Scenic ocean location enhanced 

by proximity to the national park 

Tamarind Hill 

Occupying a former aristocratic colonialstyle 

mansion, this Galle hotel is stunning 


IMMERSIVE 

JOURNEYS 

Peru’s Ancient Marvels 


This itinerary is perfect for those keen to unravel Peru’s rich history and culture. Delve into ancient 

citadels, Incan ruins, and splendid colonial architecture from Lima to the Sacred Valley 

Chiclayo and Trujillo 

Lima 

PERU 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

AIR 

Colca 

ROAD 

RAIL 

EXTENSION 

Arequipa 

Elevation: 

Cusco – 3,400m. approx. 

Sacred Valley – 2,000m-3,000m. approx. 

Machu Picchu – 2,400m. approx. 

To Amazon posttour 

excursion 

Machu Picchu 

Sacred Valley 

Cusco 

Puno 

DAY 1: Arrive Lima, Peru 

Land in Lima, Peru’s spotlight capital city, and 

you will be chauffeured straight to your hotel 

in the exclusive Miraflores district. If it’s late, 

you may just want to relax and order room 

service tonight. 

Hilton Lima Miraflores 

DAY 2: Lima 

Head straight to the Larco Museum for 

your first fix of ancient Peru. Its flower-filled 

gardens are worth a visit alone, not to mention 

its thousands of pre-Columbian artefacts, 

pottery, and Incan relics. Over the years, 

Lima has become a serious dining destination 

and foodies from all over the world make 

the pilgrimage to its restaurants. For lunch, 

you may want to try a trendy cevichería, 

completely queue-worthy. Make sure you 

leave space for dinner at one of the city’s 

finest eateries. 

Hilton Lima Miraflores | Meals: B D 

DAY 3: Lima – Arequipa 





OPTION 1: Scenic cycling in Lima 

Hop on a bike and pedal along Lima’s seafront. 

Pause at the Bridge of Sighs, a local meeting 

point, and take in views over surfers and 

sweeping sea. 

OPTION 2: Explore the ruins at Pachacamac 

Take a trip to Pachacamac, a ruin dating back 


LATIN AMERICA 

PERU 

to 200 AD. It’s one of the most important 

pre-Hispanic settlements. Explore the tombs, 

terraced pyramids, and temples of early Lima. 

OPTION 3: Take a cooking class 

Head to the market with a local chef to source 

tuna, corn, aji (Peruvian chilli), and cuts 

of sirloin. Then whip up ceviche and lomo 

saltado for lunch. 

In the afternoon you’ll be driven to the airport 

for your flight to Arequipa. You’ll be met on 

arrival and transferred to your hotel for the 

next two nights. 

Hotel Libertador Arequipa | Meals: B 

DAY 4: Arequipa 

Welcome to Arequipa, fondly known as the 

White City for the gleaming volcanic stone 

used in much of its architecture. First stop, the 

historic Yanahuara district to see Andalucianstyle 

churches, the arched square, and views 

over the entire city. Then on to the colonial 

Church of San Francisco for a wander around 

its pretty plaza. End at the Santa Catalina, 

Arequipa’s most impressive site. Known as 

the ‘city within a city,’ this 16th-century 

monastery comes complete with ornate 

chapels, geranium-filled doorways, colourfully 

painted cloisters, and even an art gallery. 

Hotel Libertador Arequipa | Meals: B 

DAY 5: Arequipa – Colca 

The four-and-a-half-hour drive to the Colca 

Canyon is worth the views. Stop at Yura, 

a town known for its medicinal hot springs, 

used by the Incas for their healing qualities. 

You’ll pass plains dotted with wild vicuña, 

extinct volcanoes, and wetlands where you 

may spot an Andean flamingo. Pause at Abra 

Patapampa, the highest point of your journey 

(4,910 metres above sea level), then continue 

to your lodge in the Colca Canyon. It’s twice as 

deep as the Grand Canyon and you can spend 

the afternoon admiring the vastness from 

bubbling hot springs. 

Colca Lodge | Meals: B L 

DAY 6: Colca 

Wake up early to seek out condor soaring on 

the warm morning thermals. Peru’s national 

bird is somewhat elusive, but scouting it out 

with your expert guide is all part of the fun. 

From the teetering canyon rim, look out to 

see nearly two-metre wingspans and huge 

shadowy frames silently gliding through the 

canyon. If you’re lucky, you can get close to 

them perching in the sheer cliffs. Afterwards, 

stop in at the traditional villages of Maca and 

Yanque, which, although tiny and remote, 

boast ornate colonial churches. 

Colca Lodge | Meals: B 

DAY 7: Colca – Puno 

Set your sights on Puno, Lake Titicaca’s 

waterside city. The journey may be long (five 

hours), but you can stretch your legs hiking 

to the pre-Incan ruins of San Antonio. Then 

follow the highland road from which you 

might see roaming alpaca and llama. Reach 

the highest point in your journey at 4,528 

metres before continuing to your hotel on the 

very edge of Lake Titicaca. 

Hotel Libertador Puno | Meals: B L 

DAY 8: Puno 

Sky-facing and mirror-like, Lake Titicaca is 

considered the highest navigable lake in the 

world. At a surface elevation of nearly 4,000 

metres, its waters are home to indigenous 

communities where life is conducted as it has 

been for centuries. Take a boat to the Floating 

Island of Uros, cleverly made of tightly woven 

reeds. Learn how its people build their homes 

and live a traditional way of life. You’ll then 

visit Taquile island where a hike will reward 

you with views over the glittering blue waters, 

and a well-earned lunch. 

Hotel Libertador Puno | Meals: B L 


›› 

Explore the Inca city of 

Machu Picchu, Peru’s 

ancient wonder 

›› 

See condors soar on the 

Colca Canyon thermals 

›› 

Discover history-rich 

Cusco and the Sacred 

Valley 

›› 

Visit Lake Titicaca’s 

floating reed islands 

›› 

Stay in standout hotels 

throughout 

INCLUSIONS 

33 


33 


33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


33 


& 3 dinners 

33 


33 










DAY 3: Explore the ruins at Pachacamac 


DAY 3: Take a cooking class 

ACTIVE 

DAY 3: Scenic cycling in Lima 

DAY 9: Puno – Cusco 

A driver will take you to Puno station where 

you’ll board a train to Cusco. Sit back in 

a Pullman-style carriage and watch the 

landscape unfold from vast plains to emerald 

mountain slopes. There’s an observation car 

where you can take in the views with a pisco 

sour. You can also enjoy a three-course lunch. 

Arrive into Cusco and a driver will take you to 

your central hotel. 

Palacio del Inka | Meals: B L 

DAY 10: Cusco 

It’s time to explore history-rich Cusco. Once 

the Incan capital before the Spanish crushed 

their civilisation, today you can witness both 

colonial architecture and Incan remains 

on just about every corner. Sights include 

the 16th-century cathedral on the bustling 

Plaza de Armas, and Coricancha, a former 

Inca palace turned Spanish church. Head to 

Sacsayhuamán on Cusco’s outskirts, where 

Incas shaped giant polished boulders into a 

cyclopean fortress. There’s time to see San 

Pedro market’s jostling fruit stalls before lunch. 

Palacio del Inka | Meals: B 

DAY 11: Cusco – Sacred Valley 

This morning, your driver will take you 

to the Sacred Valley, Peru’s spiritual land 

of giant mountains and traditional towns. 

Drop into the town of Pisac, famed for its 

Sunday markets bursting with colourful 

textiles, handicrafts, and fruit gathered by the 

Quechan communities. Then visit Hacienda 

Sarapampa where you can learn how the locals 

harvest the giant white corn, Peru’s staple 

ingredient. Continue to your hillside hotel 

tucked away in the valley. 

Inkaterra Hacienda Urubamba | Meals: B L 

DAY 12: Sacred Valley 

Take the morning to visit Chinchero, a 

pretty market town and hot spot for local 

textiles. Here you can mingle with the 

Andean community whose ancient weaving 

techniques, medicinal remedies, and adobe 

brickwork survive today. Return to your hotel 

in time for tea. You may want to do a spot of 

bird-watching or stroll around the farmland. 

Inkaterra Hacienda Urubamba | Meals: B L 

DAY 13: Sacred Valley – 

Machu Picchu 

This morning, you’ll be driven to 

Ollantaytambo to take a look around its 

imposing fortress, once an Incan lookout 

point. While school is in session, visit the 

AKP-supported Kuychi Centre to meet pupils 

from the Children of the Rainbow School. 

Then catch the train to the town of Aguas 

Calientes where a bus will take you to the very 





last citadel in pre-Columbian society. No 

matter how many photos you’ve seen, nothing 

can prepare you for Machu Picchu’s wide 

avenues, cascading terraces and intricate 

stonework. All this cradled by steamy forest 

and sky-piercing mountains. Spend time 

navigating this ancient wonder before heading 

down to your hotel. 

Inkaterra Machu Picchu Pueblo | Meals: B L D 

DAY 14: Machu Picchu – Cusco 

Return to Machu Picchu for a second look. 

You may want to linger here or walk to the 

iconic Sun Gate. For those intrepid enough 

can hike up the neighbouring Huayna Picchu 

mountain, at 2,693 metres it has staggering 

bird’s-eye views. In the early afternoon you’ll 

take the train back to Ollantaytambo where 

your driver will take you to Cusco. Celebrate 

the last night at a standout restaurant. 

Palacio del Inka | Meals: B L D 

DAY 15: Depart Cusco 

This morning your driver will take you to 

Cusco airport from where you’ll depart. 

Meals: B 


GUARANTEED 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

SEPTEMBER: 

4, 25 £4,525 

OCTOBER: 

9, 23 £4,525 

GUARANTEED 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

MARCH: 

18, 25 £4,625 

APRIL: 

15, 29 £4,625 





FLIGHTS 





EXTENSIONS 

Amazon post-tour extension – 


Chiclayo & Trujillo pre-tour 

extension – five days from 

£1,515pp 




LATIN AMERICA 

PERU 

YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

Hilton Lima Miraflores 

Grand and elegantly styled property, 

ideally located near Parque Kennedy 

Hotel Libertador Arequipa 

Refinement in a grand setting, plus the city’s 

most important sites are a short walk away 

Colca Lodge 

Rustic retreat on the banks 

of the Colca River 

Hotel Libertador Puno 

Modern chic overlooking Lake Titicaca 

on its own private island 

Palacio del Inka 

Grand colonial mansion in Cusco, 

oozing with Iberian flair 

Inkaterra Hacienda Urubamba 

Hacienda-style hotel with a 

farm-to-table dining concept 

Inkaterra Machu Picchu Pueblo 

Adobe whitewashed cottages 

set within tropical gardens 


Galápagos 

LUXURY 

SMALL GROUP 

JOURNEYS 

Wildlife Adventure 


From family fun to in-depth observation, search for the unique species, 

which inhabit the Galápagos Islands. Uncover their habitats on boating 

excursions, guided hikes, and other exciting activities 


›› 

Cruise the Galápagos 

Islands on expedition 

vessel, La Pinta 

›› 

Enjoy the opportunity to 

have wildlife encounters 

with iguana, cormorant, 

and giant tortoise 

›› 

Explore the lesser-known 

sites of Post Office Bay 

and Darwin Lake 

›› 

Partake in glass-bottom 

boat trips, kayaking, 

snorkelling, trekking, 

and shore excursions 

›› 

Attend guided stargazing 

and nature lectures, and 

enjoy attentive staff 

INCLUSIONS 

33 

Luxury accommodation 

33 


& English-speaking 

expert local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


33 


& 8 dinners 

33 


33 


33 


on Day 3 

33 

Traveller’s Valet SM while on the 

cruise 

Baltra 

GALÁPAGOS 

ISLANDS 

PACIFIC 

OCEAN 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

AIR 

DAY 1: Arrive Guayaquil, Ecuador 

Arrive in Guayaquil, the commercial centre 

of Ecuador, where you’re met and transferred 

to your hotel. 

Hotel Oro Verde Guayaquil 

DAY 2: Guayaquil 

This morning, drive into the rural countryside 

for a visit to Hacienda La Danesa, a traditional 

dairy and cacao farm with a rich heritage and 

history. Learn about growing and harvesting 

cocoa to create famed Ecuadorian chocolate 

during a hands-on plantation visit that 

includes artisanal chocolate tasting, before an 

organic farm lunch. Return to Guayaquil for 

a brief city tour. Tonight, enjoy a delightful 

welcome dinner. 

Hotel Oro Verde Guayaquil | Meals: B L D 

DAY 3: The Galápagos 

Fly to Baltra in the remote Galápagos Islands. 

Meet your naturalist guide and board La Pinta, 

your home for a six-night cruise through the 

Galápagos’ Western Islands. Nimble enough to 

access these waters yet large enough for safety 

and comfort, La Pinta is built for adventure. 

The vessel is ecologically sound as well, and 

comes equipped with pangas (rubber rafts), a 

glass-bottom boat, and sea kayaks that allow 

for independent exploration. After lunch, 

attend an introductory briefing and a fitting 

for your wetsuit and snorkelling gear. 

La Pinta | Meals: B L D 

ECUADOR 

Guayaquil 

DAYS 4-8: The Galápagos 

Because weather, water, and wildlife 

conditions can change, your cruise itinerary 

remains flexible, though two daily excursions 

are planned. Each cruise day begins with a 

hearty breakfast, before boarding a sturdy 

panga for the morning shore excursion. 

Explore landmarks such as Punta Espinoza, 

the red beach of Rábida Island, Champion 

Inlet, and the Charles Darwin Research 

Station on Santa Cruz Island. You may 

spot sunbathing sea lion, skittering Sally 

Lightfoot crab, century-old tortoise, and both 

marine and land iguana. Birdlife includes 

penguin, flamingo, blue-footed booby, and 

Darwin’s iconic finch. Return to La Pinta for 

a refreshing lunch and a little time at leisure. 

Return to the pangas for a second excursion, 

perhaps with an opportunity to swim, kayak, 

or snorkel. After a wonderful meal, your 


LATIN AMERICA 

GALÁPAGOS ISLANDS 


YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

GUARANTEED 

DEPARTURE 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

SINGLE 

SUPP. 

FROM 

JANUARY: 

23 £7,825 £5,380 

MARCH: 

20 £7,825 £5,380 

APRIL: 

17 £7,825 £5,380 

MAY: 

15 £7,825 £5,380 

SEPTEMBER: 

4 £7, 360 £5,075 

OCTOBER: 

2, 30 £7,825 £5,380 

La Pinta 

Spacious adventure yacht featuring 

sea kayaks and a glass-bottom boat 

evenings are your own – attend astronomy 

and nature lectures presented by your affable 

guides, peruse the onboard library, or gather 

in the lounge. 

La Pinta | Meals: B L D 


This journey includes some active elements. 

FLIGHTS 




DAYS 9 & 10: Depart Guayaquil 

Disembark today and fly back to Guayaquil. 

Enjoy time to relax before gathering for a 

farewell dinner at your hotel’s restaurant. 

The next morning, transfer to the airport 

to head for home. 

Hotel Oro Verde Guayaquil | 

Meals: B D (Day 9); B (Day 10) 





Hotel Oro Verde Guayaquil 

Central hotel located close to 

Centennial Park and the airport 


MEET THE NATIVES 

From the finches that inspired Darwin 

to the whales that return to the islands 

each autumn, wildlife sets the Galápagos 

apart. Encounter each island’s unique 

species up close with the help of your 

naturalist guide 

SEA LION 

The social sea lion hardly bats an eye at 

human visitors. When not congregating on 

the beach, they are swift, powerful swimmers. 

Want to swim with a sea lion? January 

through March is a great time of year for 

water clarity and warmer temperatures. Or 

come in October for a chance to snorkel with 

a sea lion pup. 

SALLY LIGHTFOOT CRAB 

This brilliant-hued crab is perhaps the islands’ 

most photogenic species. It occupies the rocky 

coasts, feeding on algae, year round. 

BLUE-FOOTED BOOBY 

Given to foot-stamping mating displays that 

make it a favourite of Galápagos visitors, the 

endearing blue-footed booby may be found 

mating and nesting year round, depending 

on conditions. 

FLIGHTLESS CORMORANT 

Over the eons since arriving by air in the 

Galápagos, this living experiment from 

‘Nature’s Laboratory’ evolved into the 

world’s only flightless seabird besides the 

penguin. It nests from May to October. 

MARINE & LAND IGUANA 

Called the ‘imp of darkness’ by Darwin, the 

marine iguana is well adapted to the water, 

with finlike tails and teeth designed to scrape 

algae from rocks. Nesting begins in February. 

Its terrestrial kin, the land iguana, prefers 

dining on prickly pear cactus and has a 

mating schedule that varies by island. 

GALÁPAGOS PENGUIN 

Both the rarest and the most northerly 

penguin species, this island denizen arrived 

at the Galápagos via the chilly Humboldt 

Current from Antarctica. Penguin, and many 

other Galápagos bird species, such as the 

red-footed booby, start nesting in January. 

GIANT TORTOISE 

Overhunting and habitat loss nearly drove 

these placid, stately reptiles to extinction. 

Happily, conservation efforts are proving 

successful and many subspecies’ populations 

are on the increase. Visit in January to see 

laying. Come between March and May to see 

its rare aquatic cousin, the green sea turtle, 

nesting on the beaches. 

WHEN WHAT WHERE 

January 

February 

March 

April 

May 

September 

October 

November 

Land bird nesting, marine iguana 

displaying bright colours, sea turtle 

laying 

Greater flamingo nesting, 

Bahama pintail duck breeding, 

marine iguana nesting 

Marine iguana nesting, waved 

albatross arriving, penguin performing 

water acrobatics 

Waved albatross performing courtship 

ritual, giant tortoise hatching season 

ends, land iguana hatching season starts 

Blue-footed booby courting, sea turtle 

hatching, marine iguana hatching 

Galápagos penguin performing water 

acrobatics, seabirds are active, 

sea lion are active 

Lava heron nesting, fur seal mating, 

blue-footed booby raising chicks, 

giant tortoise laying eggs 

Sea lion pupping season, brown noddy 

breeding season, band-rumped storm 

petrel nesting season 

Española Island 

Floreana Island, Santa 

Cruz 

Fernandina, Española 

Island, Isabela Island 

Española Island, Isabela 

Island 

North Seymour Island, 

Gardner Bay, Punta 

Cormorant, Puerto Egas, 

Santa Cruz 

Bartolomé, Mosquera 

Island, Española, Rábida 

Island, Santiago 

Española, Isabela Island 

Various Galápagos 

islands 

To find out more about what you can see on the Galápagos Islands and when, see our 

Best Time To Visit guide: abercrombiekent.co.uk/galapagos-islands/best-time-to-visit 


LATIN AMERICA 

GALÁPAGOS ISLANDS 

La Pinta 

At the heart of your Galápagos experience is La Pinta, a vessel built for adventure. 

By day, cruise the islands and discover the wonders of this incredible region. By night, 

luxuriate in your comfortable, spacious cabin 

SHIP DETAILS AT A GLANCE 

33 

24 outside cabins, with large 

windows and ocean views, 

located on the Upper Deck 

33 

Includes four triple cabins able 

to accommodate a third guest 

under 12 years of age 

33 

Menus, created by a Cordon 

Bleu-trained chef, featuring 

fine Ecuadorian dishes and 

international cuisine 

33 

Sea kayaks and a glass-bottom 

boat available on board for 

independent exploration 

MADE FOR EXPLORATION 

La Pinta combines the amenities of a 

first-class yacht with the skilled personnel 

of an expedition vessel. At 63 metres long, 

she carries just 48 guests in 24 spacious 

cabins (multiple groups). That means more 

room to stretch out. A small group size also 

ensures better service, with 28 crew members, 

three Galápagos-certified naturalist guides and 

A&K resident tour directors at your service 

throughout your voyage. 

STYLISH YET CASUAL DINING 

Dining on board is a stylish affair, with menus 

featuring international cuisine and celebrated 

Ecuadorian dishes. Aboard La Pinta, fine 

dining doesn’t mean formal. You need not 

pack anything dressier than smart-casual wear, 

and many meals may be enjoyed alfresco in 

the Observation Lounge & Bar. 

STABLE & ECO-FRIENDLY 

When not on shore expeditions, guests are free 

to wander La Pinta’s relaxed public spaces, 

including the outside Sky Bar on the boat 

deck, perfect for a chat with your guides. 

The ship itself is small enough to nimbly 

navigate the Galápagos waters but large 

enough to ensure the safety of passengers. 

DECK PLAN 

Outside Sky Bar 

Jacuzzi 

BOAT DECK 

CABIN DECK 

MAIN DECK 

Dining 

Library 

Gym 

Reception 

Dr. 

Observation 

Lounge & Bar 

Boutique 

Luxury cabins (17 sqm average) 

Luxury plus cabins (23 sqm) 

(Triple occupancy only) 

Terrace 


IMMERSIVE 

JOURNEYS 

Inside Tracks in 

Argentina & Brazil 


For those who want the inside scoop on Buenos Aires and Rio de Janeiro. 

Delve into BA’s cosmopolitan atmosphere and its exclusive tango scene, 

then witness Brazil’s thundering Iguazu Falls and Rio’s signature coast 

ARGENTINA 

From Estancia 

Iguazu Falls 

Buenos 

Aires 

BRAZIL 

To the Amazon 

Rio de Janeiro 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

AIR 

EXTENSION 

DAY 1: Arrive Buenos Aires, Argentina 

Land in Argentina’s cosmopolitan capital, 

Buenos Aires, and transfer from the airport 

to the city centre for a walking tour around 

Recoleta, including a light lunch at La Biela. 

As far as city boroughs go, few can compete 

with Recoleta’s leafy plazas, European 

architecture, and beautiful cemetery. Aside 

from igniting postcode envy, this classical 

neighbourhood is where the city’s well-heeled 

crowd comes to shop in boutiques and 

dine on Michelin star-worthy tasting menus. 

Tonight you can follow suit with a chef ’s table 

experience, including steaks aged to perfection 

and wine to match. 

The Brick Hotel | Meals: L D 

DAY 2: Buenos Aires 

Spend the morning visiting the 16th-century 

Plaza de Mayo, the city’s political heart, and 

then La Boca, a colourful neighbourhood with 

an equally vibrant history. Wander through 

Recoleta’s cemetery to see Eva Perón’s ornate 

resting place as well as the tombs of other 

celebrated figures. The pièce de résistance is 

a private, guided tour of the Teatro Colón, 

which hosted the likes of Pavarotti and Maria 

Callas, lit by a 700-bulb chandelier. Tonight, 

enjoy an intimate tango performance at the 

Philippe Starck-designed Faena Hotel. Get up 

close to the dancers moving sensually around 

the cabaret-style setting. 

The Brick Hotel | Meals: B 


LATIN AMERICA 

thundering cataracts which you can view 

from a platform. Cross the border into Brazil 

to your jungle retreat. When the park closes 

at 18.00 to visitors who aren’t staying at the 

hotel, you will have the Falls to yourselves. 

Belmond Hotel das Cataratas | Meals: B 

DAY 5: Iguazu Falls 

It’s impossible to soak up the Falls all in 

one day, so today you have the chance to 

investigate further. You’ll have the option 

to zoom on a Zodiac boat along a threekilometre 

stretch of the Iguazu River, and get 

as close to the Falls as possible. Will you get 

wet? Very. So make sure to don quick-drying 

clothes. Tonight, foodies can opt to visit 

the home of a prestigious chef for a private 

dinner (at an additional cost). Learn about 

native ingredients as you dine by candlelight. 

Belmond Hotel das Cataratas | Meals: B 


ARGENTINA & BRAZIL 






OPTION 1: Hit the galleries 

Peruse controversial photography and 

sculptures at two up and coming art galleries 

and visit MALBA for works by Latin 

America’s champions – Diego Rivera, Frida 

Kahlo, and Fernando Botero. 

OPTION 2: Private dining at Bajollave 

Cook Argentinean classics at Bajollave – 

a ‘closed-door’ restaurant. Whip up the 

perfect crêpe batter with a private chef and 

have lunch in what feels like a chic friend’s 

dining room. 

OPTION 3: Tango in San Telmo 

Head to San Telmo, a tango hot spot, where 

you’ll learn the sharp, staccato moves. Then 

stroll through the cobbled streets lined with 

colonial buildings and artists’ studios. 

The Brick Hotel | Meals: B 

DAY 4: Buenos Aires – Iguazu Falls, 

Brazil 

Fly to Iguazu Falls, a natural wonder 

straddling both Argentina and Brazil. After 

landing, head to the Argentinean side for 

a train ride that circuits the mist-shrouded 

waterfalls. You’ll have world-class views of 

its curtain-like sheets of water. The most 

impressive is the Devil’s Throat, a series of 

DAY 6: Iguazu Falls – Rio de Janeiro 

Pop into the bird park to see rainforestdwelling 

toucan and macaw before your 

transfer to Iguazu Falls airport. Fly to Rio, 

a city famed for its flamboyant Carnival, 

sultry samba, and ridiculously goodlooking 

cariocas. The architecture is equally 

handsome, from the towering statue of Christ 

the Redeemer to the colourful 215-step 

Selarón staircase. After checking into your 

hotel, take a cable car to the top of Sugarloaf 

Mountain, where from the summit you can 

toast the sunset with a caipirinha. 

Hilton Rio Copacabana | Meals: B 

DAY 7: Rio de Janeiro 





OPTION 1: Sample art and cachaça 

Explore artsy Santa Teresa stopping at a 

19th-century mansion and a spectacular city 

viewpoint. Visit an artist’s workshop and 

finish the day with a cachaça tasting. 

OPTION 2: Carnival behind the scenes 

Get a taste for Carnival. See how costumes 

and floats are made and visit a top samba 

school, where you’ll dress up in authentic 

carnival costumes and enjoy a caipirinha. 

Finally meander the nearby cobblestone 

alleys to explore Rio’s history on foot. 

OPTION 3: See Rio by bike 

Set off on a gentle bike ride along the 

patterned promenades of Rio’s iconic 

beaches. Pedal through Copacabana, 

Ipanema, Leblon, and around the Rodrigo 

de Freitas Lagoon. 

Hilton Rio Copacabana | Meals: B 

›› 

Rest your head 

in Buenos Aires’ 

well-heeled Recoleta 

›› 

Gaze at Rio from the 

deck of a private yacht 

›› 

Out-of-hours access 

to Brazil’s Iguazu Falls 

›› 

Visit Rio’s treasured 

landmark, Christ the 

Redeemer 

›› 

Sip a sundowner atop 

Sugarloaf Mountain 

INCLUSIONS 

33 


33 


33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


33 


& 2 dinners 

33 


33 










DAY 3: Hit the galleries in Buenos Aires 

DAY 7: Sample art and cachaça 

DAY 7: Carnival behind the scenes 


DAY 3: Private dining at Bajollave 

ACTIVE 

DAY 3: Tango in San Telmo 

DAY 7: See Rio by bike 

DAY 8: Rio de Janeiro 

It’s your last full day, so why not celebrate 

on a private yacht? From sparkling blue 

waters, look back at Sugarloaf Mountain for 

a different take. You’ll cruise past islands and 

forts, stopping for dips along the way. Brazil’s 

love of meat is eternalised in its restaurants. 

In the evening, dine at a churrascaria 

(barbecue restaurant), where carnivores 

can tuck into melt-in-your-mouth cuts. 

Hilton Rio Copacabana | Meals: B D 

DAY 9: Depart Rio de Janeiro 

Be sure to take one last look at the Corcovado 

Mountain as you bid farewell to Brazil and 

are chauffeured to Rio airport. You’ll take 

the scenic route along the foothills of the 

Tijuca Forest and through traditional 

Brazilian neighbourhoods. 

Meals: B 


EXTENSIONS 

Estancia pre-tour extension – 


Amazon post-tour extension – 





GUARANTEED 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

SEPTEMBER: 

20 £2,865 

OCTOBER: 

18 £2,975 

NOVEMBER: 

1, 22 £2,975 

GUARANTEED 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

JANUARY: 

10 £2,975 

FEBRUARY: 

7 £3,045 

MARCH: 

6 £3,045 





FLIGHTS 

To provide you with flexibility and the latest 

flight offers, we don’t include international flights. 








YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

LATIN AMERICA 

The Brick Hotel 

Modern five-star hotel in sought-after 

Recoleta area of Buenos Aires 

ARGENTINA & BRAZIL 

Belmond Hotel das Cataratas 

Colonial-style residence with an 

unbeatable location near Iguazu 

Hilton Rio Copacabana 

Classic luxury on Copacabana’s 

famed beachfront in Rio 


IMMERSIVE 

JOURNEYS 

Adventures in Chile 


This 10-day itinerary is perfect for intrepid travellers, who are fascinated by Chile’s poetic 

landscapes. It features the capital of Santiago, Patagonia’s enchanting wilderness, 

and the otherworldly Atacama Desert 

Calama 

CHILE 

Santiago 

To 

Easter 


Winelands 

Puerto 

Natales 

San Pedro 

de Atacama 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

AIR 

ROAD 

EXTENSION 

DAY 1: Arrive Santiago, Chile 

Land in Chile’s capital where you’ll be met 

and taken to your hotel. After checking in, 

head to the glass-roofed spa to soak up the 

city skyline and views of the Andes. Itchy feet? 

Head straight out to wander around attractive 

neoclassical architecture and myriad eateries. 

Ritz-Carlton Santiago | Meals: D 

DAY 2: Santiago 





OPTION 1: See some street art 

Santiago’s streets have been a graffiti hot 

spot for some time. From Barrio Brasil to 

the Bellavista district you’ll see abstract 

designs plus anime, as well as more politically 

motivated works. 

OPTION 2: Go in search of local eats 

Santiago is a cornucopia of hip eateries and 

street food stalls. Visit La Vega, a market loaded 

with indigenous fruit and veg, and Mercado 

Central for some of Santiago’s best seafood. 

OPTION 3: Have a morning of museums 

Visit the Chilean Museum of Pre-Columbian 

Art, boasting the country’s important 

pre-Hispanic works. Then the stately Chilean 

National Museum of Fine Arts to see 

19th-century sculptures. Finish at La 

Chascona, one of Pablo Neruda’s three homes. 

OPTION 4: Take a bike tour 

Pedal around the bohemian neighbourhood of 

Bellavista, where you can soak up its outdoor 

graffiti. Stop at the bustling markets for tapas 


LATIN AMERICA 

CHILE 


›› 

Explore vast glaciers 

in wild Patagonia 

›› 

Kayak in Chile’s 

fjordlands 

›› 

Discover the lunarlike 

landscape of the 

Atacama Desert 

›› 

Enjoy stargazing in the 

desert with professional 

equipment for an 

unparalleled viewing 

›› 

Bunk down in high 

design hotels 

INCLUSIONS 

33 


and cycle through the pretty Parque Forestal. 

Ritz-Carlton Santiago | Meals: B 

DAY 3: Santiago – Puerto Natales 

This morning you’ll be driven to the airport 

for your flight south to Punta Arenas. Your 

driver-guide will then take you three hours 

across the vast Patagonian pampas. Your hotel 

sits on the outskirts of Puerto Natales, a port 

city and the gateway to Patagonia’s wilderness. 

Perched on the lake, you can take in mountain 

views from every angle. Watch chefs fire up 

the grill for a rustic asado and treat yourself 

to a glass of carménère. 

The Singular Patagonia | Meals: B L D 

DAYS 4 & 5: Puerto Natales 

Spend the next couple of days venturing 

through landscapes that inspired Pablo 

33 


33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


33 


& 8 dinners 

33 


33 








Day 2 for further details 

Neruda and Bruce Chatwin. Kayak on serene 

fjords where you may spot a Chilean flamingo 

or black-necked swan. Or sail to the great 

Balmaceda glacier to witness radiant blue 

icebergs. There are trails for the hardcore 

trekker, and scenic routes for the ambler, 

with miles of lenga forest to explore. You’ll 

find old-world estancias used by 19th-century 

pioneers as well as life-changing lookout 

points. Peckish? Take a delicious picnic to 

one of the lagoons. 



DAY 2: See some street art 

DAY 2: Have a morning of museums 


DAY 2: Go in search of local eats 

ACTIVE 

DAY 2: Take a bike tour 

DAY 6: Puerto Natales – Santiago 

Take the morning to relax or squeeze in a 

hike along the Last Hope Sound. In the early 

afternoon, a driver will take you to the airport 

for your flight back to Santiago. This time your 

hotel is a convenient stone’s throw away from 

the airport so you can bunk down in a matter 

of minutes. 

Holiday Inn Santiago – Airport Terminal | 

Meals: B L D 

DAY 7: Santiago – San Pedro 

de Atacama 

Walk over to the airport for your flight to 

Calama in the north. You’ll be met and driven 

to the outskirts of San Pedro de Atacama, an 

oasis town in the Chilean desert. Your hotel 

sits tucked away in the rust-coloured hills of 

the Catarpe Valley, an otherworldly landscape 

which you can admire from the pool. 

Alto Atacama Desert Lodge & Spa | Meals: B L D 

DAYS 8 & 9: San Pedro de Atacama 

Explore Chile’s Atacama Desert, a lunar-like 

terrain of salt-rich mountains and tangerine 

desertscape. It’s the driest desert on Earth, 

affording spectacular scenery from dusk 

until dawn. Visit the salt flats, where you may 

spot a pink flamingo, or hike to high-altitude 

lagoons. You can trek up to the bubbling 

geysers at El Tatio and enjoy a picnic with 

volcano views. In the evening, watch the 

amber sun melt over the salt lakes. You can 

embark on moonlit walks and go stargazing in 

the clearest skies with a professional telescope. 

Alto Atacama Desert Lodge & Spa | Meals: B L D 

DAY 10: Depart Calama 

A driver will take you to Calama airport from 

where you’ll depart. 

Meals: B 


EXTENSIONS 

Easter Island post-tour extension 


Winelands post-tour extension 





GUARANTEED 


PRICE 

PER 

PERSON 

OCTOBER: 

8 £5,940 

DECEMBER: 

3 £6,100 

GUARANTEED 


PRICE 

PER 

PERSON 

JANUARY: 

21 £6,250 

FEBRUARY: 

11 £6,250 

MARCH: 

10 £5,995 



pay any single supplement. The same journey, 

the same luxury, guaranteed at the same price. 

FLIGHTS 



Our specialists will be able to find the best 

travel options to suit you. 






LATIN AMERICA 

CHILE 

YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

Ritz-Carlton Santiago 

Manor house-style hotel with 

an enviable rooftop pool 

The Singular Patagonia 

Industrial-luxe in a former 

cold-storage warehouse space 

Alto Atacama Desert Lodge & Spa 

A low-slung adobe lodge that slots into 

the landscape of the San Pedro region 


Patagonia: 

The Last Wilderness 


This enlightening itinerary leads discerning adventurers through South America’s most 

beautiful and unforgiving landscapes. Visit towering glaciers, remote ranches and isolated 

islands, where you can experience unforgettable landscapes 

LUXURY 

SMALL GROUP 

JOURNEYS 


›› 

Experience cosmopolitan 

Buenos Aires, Santiago, and 

the Patagonian wilderness 

›› 

Sail to Tierra del Fuego to 

see Magellanic penguin 

›› 

Visit a working ranch and 

enjoy hiking and horse riding 

›› 

Explore Patagonia and 

Torres del Paine by horse, 

foot, or kayak 

›› 

Admire the cracking 

and roaring of Perito 

Moreno Glacier 

INCLUSIONS 

33 


33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


33 


& 8 dinners 

33 


33 


33 


33 


on Days 4 & 10 

33 


ARRIVE/DEPART 

AIR 

ROAD 

PACIFIC 

OCEAN 

CHILE 

Puerto Natales 

Punta Arenas 


Welcome to Buenos Aires, Argentina’s elegant 

capital, and a city bursting with European 

flair, where you’re met and transferred to your 

hotel. Relax with early check-in. Tonight, 

gather for a welcome briefing, followed by a 

festive dinner at the famed Elena Restaurant. 

Four Seasons Hotel Buenos Aires | Meals: D 

DAY 2: Buenos Aires - Ushuaia 

Explore Buenos Aires in the company of your 

resident tour director. Visit the Plaza de Mayo, 

pass through the San Telmo neighbourhood, 

continue to La Boca, and walk along Caminito 

Street. After a light lunch, visit La Recoleta 

Cemetery, final resting place of Eva Perón. 

Then, fly south to Ushuaia, a scenic city set in 

magnificent Tierra del Fuego. Tonight, enjoy 

dinner at your hotel. 

Arakur Ushuaia | Meals: B L D 

DAY 3: Ushuaia 

Drive to Estancia Harberton, the oldest 

farm in Tierra del Fuego and an Argentine 

National Historical Monument. Embark on a 

private sail to Isla Martillo to walk among a 

teeming rookery of Magellanic penguin before 

continuing to Gable Island for lunch. Relax in 

the solitude of this remote, primal landscape. 

After lunch, sail back to Harberton and return 

to your hotel for an evening at leisure. 

Arakur Ushuaia | Meals: B L D 

Santiago 

Buenos Aires 

ARGENTINA 

Torres del Paine 

National Park 

El Calafate 

Ushuaia 

ATLANTIC 

OCEAN 

DAY 4: El Calafate 

Enjoy a leisurely breakfast or take an early 

morning hike through the Reserva Natural 

Cerro Alarkén with your local guide. Your 

hotel, Arakur Ushuaia, is set within a region 

devoted to preserving the native forests. Fly 

to Patagonia El Calafate to visit a secluded 

Patagonian ranch. Observe sheep shearing 

and herding, and hike or horse ride along the 

banks of Argentino Lake. Tonight, dine on 

local lamb grilled on a traditional Patagonian 

cross stake. 

Hotel Posada Los Alamos | Meals: B D 

DAY 5: El Calafate 

Start the day sailing by catamaran to Seno 

Mayo of Argentino Lake, stopping to explore 

the Andean Patagonian forest. Continue 

to Perito Moreno Glacier, one of the few 

remaining advancing glaciers in the world. 

Hike at your own pace and ability along the 

seven walkways located at different heights 

and distances from the glacier, taking in 

magnificent views of its northern and 

southern faces. Return to your hotel 

and enjoy an evening at leisure. 

Hotel Posada Los Alamos | Meals: B L 

DAY 6: Puerto Natales, Chile 

Journey to Puerto Natales, check into your 

luxury hotel and have a late lunch, before 

enjoying the remainder of your afternoon at 

leisure. Choose from a wide range of exclusive 

expeditions and activities offered by your 

hotel, such as horse riding, trekking, kayaking, 

and mountain biking, all designed to reveal 

Patagonia at its most authentic. 


DAY 7: Puerto Natales 

Take today to explore the magnificent 

wilderness area of Torres del Paine National 


LATIN AMERICA 

YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

PATAGONIA 

Four Seasons Hotel Buenos Aires 

Stylish, comfortable hotel, located 

within historic Recoleta 

Park, created by tectonic movements during 

the last Ice Age. A UNESCO Biosphere 

Reserve, it is renowned for its otherworldly 

landscape. Scan the peaks for Andean condor. 

After dinner, if the sky is clear, step outside for 

some impromptu stargazing. 


DAY 8: Puerto Natales 

Among many optional excursions, today 

you can sail through the Patagonian Fjords 

(weather dependent). Observe colonies of 

blue-eyed cormorant and sea lion, arriving at 

Seno de Última Esperanza (Last Hope Fjord). 

At Bernardo O’Higgins National Park, hike to 

the mirador (viewpoint) overlooking Serrano 

Glacier to view icebergs calving. If conditions 

allow, visit Lago Azul to observe the pristine 

vegetation at Mount Balmaceda. Tonight, join 

your resident tour director and fellow guests 

for a dinner paired with superb Chilean wines. 


DAY 9: Santiago 

After a leisurely morning, drive to Punta 

Arenas for your flight to vibrant Santiago, 

capital of Chile. Enjoy dinner at the hotel. 

The Ritz-Carlton, Santiago | Meals: B D 

DAY 10: Depart Santiago 

Enjoy a morning tour of the city highlights. 

Visit the Palacio de La Moneda presidential 

palace and the Plaza de Armas. Ride a 

funicular up San Cristobal Hill to behold the 

statue of the Blessed Virgin Mary. Relax this 

afternoon with privileged late access to your 

room, before transferring to the airport. 

The Ritz-Carlton, Santiago (dayroom) | Meals: B 


GUARANTEED 

DEPARTURE 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 



SINGLE 

SUPP. 

FROM 

JANUARY: 

18, 25 £8,260 £1,840 

FEBRUARY: 

15, 22 £8,260 £1,840 

MARCH: 

8, 22 £8,260 £1,840 

OCTOBER: 

11, 25 £8,260 £1,840 

NOVEMBER: 

8, 15 £8,260 £1,840 

DECEMBER: 

6 £8,260 £1,840 

FLIGHTS 








Arakur Ushuaia 

Surrounded by ancient woodlands with 

views over the stunning landscape 

Hotel Posada Los Alamos 

Luxury hotel within El Calafate, 

close to Lake Argentino 

The Singular Patagonia 

Contemporary hotel overlooking 

the Patagonian fjords and Antonio 

Varas Peninsula 

The Ritz-Carlton, Santiago 

Comfortable lodgings in the 

heart of charming Santiago 


IMMERSIVE 

JOURNEYS 

The Wonders of China 


This itinerary is the ideal taster for those wanting to take in China’s most famous highlights. Featuring 

the capital Beijing, culture-rich Xian, rural Guilin, sleepy Yangshuo, and the Shanghai megalopolis 

CHINA 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

AIR 

DAY CRUISE 

RAIL 

EXTENSION 

Xian 

Guilin 

Beijing 

Hangzhou 

Shanghai 

Yangshuo 

DAY 1: Arrive Beijing 

Land in Beijing and you will be driven straight 

to Tiananmen Square, the beating heart of 

the city. It’s one of the largest city squares on 

Earth, pulsing with kite-flyers and commuters. 

Take a slower pace at the Forbidden City, 

given its name because no riff-raff were 

allowed to enter during the emperors’ reigns. 

Today you can peruse its collection of Chinese 

artwork (the largest in the world), and take 

a peek at an opulent reception hall, usually 

closed to the public. 

Hotel Eclat Beijing | Meals: L D 

DAY 2: Beijing 

Travel an hour and a half outside the city to 

the Great Wall. Having served as an enemy 

lookout over 2,000 years ago, today you’ll walk 

along the lesser-trodden Mutianyu section 

viewing Ming Dynasty watchtowers, merlons, 

and fortresses. Take the cable car up and down 

to cast your gaze over the Yan Mountains’ 

loftiest peaks. Refuel on dumplings, then 

head to the Old Summer Palace, built in 

the 18th century for the Qianlong Emperor. 

Stroll around weeping willows, pavilions, and 

lakes bobbing with dragon boats. The former 

Imperial Gardens are a horticultural heaven. 

Hotel Eclat Beijing | Meals: B L 








OPTION 1: Contemplate the contemporary 

Visit Beijing’s edgiest art community – 798 

Art District – housed within an industrialstyle 

complex. Brimming with studios, 

galleries, restaurants, and bars, and works by 

China’s leading modern artists. 

OPTION 2: Hop to a hutong 

Take a pedicab through Beijing’s winding 

alleyways, known as hutongs. Here you’ll 

be able to visit the home of a friendly local 

family and partake in a calligraphy class. 

OPTION 3: Get cultural at the Capital Museum 

Peruse the finest Chinese porcelain and 

collections of jade. The main highlight is an 

exhibition dedicated to Beijing’s history told 

through bronze, calligraphy, and paintings. 

Hotel Eclat Beijing | Meals: B 

DAY 4: Beijing – Xian 

You’ll be driven to the train station in the 

morning for your journey to Xian. There’s 

no dawdling on this high-speed train which 

will zip you to the one-time imperial capital 

in just over four hours –and you’ll have more 

legroom than if you flew. From the station, 

you’ll be taken to your hotel. You may be 

tempted to spend the rest of the afternoon 

in the spa. 

Shangri-La Hotel Xian | Meals: B 

DAY 5: Xian 

It’s time to explore Xian’s star attraction: the 

Terracotta Warriors. See the subterranean 

army built to guard the tomb of China’s first 

emperor, Qin Shi Huang, in the third century 

BC. Visit pits one, two, and three, where from 

balconies you can peer over legions of lifesize 

sculptures, each created with a unique 

face. You’ll also get to view bronze chariots 

– the largest in Chinese archaeology. Leave 

in time for lunch, after which you can weave 

through the city’s Muslim quarter. A visit to 

the Great Mosque is a must for its blend of 

Chinese and Islamic architecture. 

Shangri-La Hotel Xian | Meals: B L 

DAY 6: Xian – Guilin 

Fly to rural Guilin, famed for its enigmatic 

karst mountains. Straight after landing you’ll 

be driven to the fairytale setting of Elephant 

Trunk Hill, where the curved rock resembles 

a snout dipping into the Li River. Then steer 

towards the limestone Reed Flute Cave, 

formed over 600,000 years ago. The cave was 

named after the reeds growing outside, which 

can be made into musical intruments. Inside 

is a heady vision of stalactites, stalagmites, 

and Tang-era calligraphy, all the more 

dramatic when colourfully lit. Then head 

to your hotel to check in. 

Shangri-La Hotel Guilin | Meals: B 

DAY 7: Guilin – Yangshuo 

This morning, board a boat and sail down the 

Li River to Yangshuo, taking in the splendid 

bucolic views of rice paddies, grazing buffalo, 

and cormorant fishermen on the calm water 

– classic Chinese landscapes. Your hotel sits 

just outside the small river town of Yangshuo 

framed by surreal karst peaks. Order a rum 

cocktail (your hotel has its own distillery) 

and watch the sun set over mountainous 

farmland. The afternoon is yours to enjoy. 

Alila Yangshuo | Meals: B L 

DAY 8: Yangshuo 



that is best suited to you. 

Select from the following options: 

OPTION 1: Partake in some painting 

Try your hand at ink painting at the Peony 

Xuan Art Gallery. 


›› 

See into an off-limits 

ceremonial hall in 

Beijing’s Forbidden City 

›› 

Walk the less-frequented 

Mutianyu section of the 

Great Wall 

›› 

Meet Xian’s 2,000-yearold 

Terracotta Warriors 

›› 

Immerse yourself in 

Guilin’s karst topography 

›› 

Explore the Bund, 

Shanghai’s buzzing 

waterfront hot spot 

INCLUSIONS 

33 

Design your Day SM on Days 3, 

8 & 11 

33 


33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


33 


& 2 dinners 

33 


33 


CHINA 






option that suits you. See Days 3, 


OPTION 2: Ready, steady, cook 

Browse the food markets with a local 

connoisseur. Then master the wok to make 

aubergine in oyster sauce and ginger chilli duck. 

OPTION 3: Join a fan club 

Go to Fuli, a traditional village where paper 

fans are the main commodities. Make a fan 

yourself and perhaps purchase pre-made ones. 

OPTION 4: Go ride a bike 

Peddle off-piste through Yangshuo’s picturesque 

countryside, through verdant paddies, busy 

villages, and along the quieter Yulong River. 

Alila Yangshuo | Meals: B 


DAY 3: Contemplate the contemporary 

DAY 3: Hop to a hutong 

DAY 3: Get cultural at the Capital Museum 

DAY 8: Partake in some painting 

DAY 8: Join a fan club 

DAY 11: Hit the Bund 

DAY 11: Enjoy the Shanghai Museum 


DAY 8: Ready, steady, cook 

DAY 11: Seek out some street food 

ACTIVE 

DAY 8: Go ride a bike 





DAY 9: Yangshuo – Shanghai 

Today you’ll be taken to Guilin airport where 

you’ll board a flight to Shanghai. China’s 

futuristic city is a sharp contrast to peaceful 

Yangshuo, and after dropping your bags at 

your hotel, you may want to hit the streets and 

scout out the fashionable shops and eateries 

which lie within walking distance. 

Four Seasons Shanghai at Puxi | Meals: B 

DAY 10: Shanghai 

It’s possible to find the spirit of the old city, 

you just need to know where to look. This 

morning, you’ll travel to the ancient water 

town of Zhujiajiao, where you can take a boat 

ride down the canals. Drift between its narrow 

alleyways and under arched stone bridges. 

After spending time here, sample xiao long 

bao back in Shanghai before scouting out the 

Chinese old quarter. Visit the 16th-century 

Yuyuan Gardens, quieter in the afternoons, 

and view rockeries, vermilion pagodas, and a 

maze of bridges. 

Four Seasons Shanghai at Puxi | Meals: B 






OPTION 1: Hit the Bund 

A waterfront promenade where old and new 

collide. Walk alongside colonial buildings and 

former trading houses. Then discover West 

Bund’s burgeoning art scene. 

OPTION 2: Seek out some street food 

Weave through Shanghai’s backstreets where 

you can find the most delicious street food in 

town. Tuck into deep fried wontons and slurp 

bowls of chang shou mian. 

OPTION 3: Enjoy the Shanghai Museum 

Arguably China’s top museum for ancient art. 

Explore beautifully displayed ceramics, bronze 

sculptures, jade, and traditional paintings. 

Enjoy an afternoon at leisure before gathering 

for a farewell dinner this evening. 

Four Seasons Shanghai at Puxi | Meals: B D 

DAY 12: Depart Shanghai 

Say goodbye to Shanghai and head to the 

airport in good time for your flight home. 

Meals: B 


GUARANTEED 



EXTENSIONS 

PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

AUGUST: 

8 £4,495 

SEPTEMBER: 

19 £4,595 

OCTOBER: 

10, 24 £4,595 

NOVEMBER: 

7 £4,695 

GUARANTEED 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

FEBRUARY: 

20 £4,595 

MARCH: 

12, 26 £4,595 

APRIL: 

9, 16 £4,395 



pay any single supplement. The same journey, 

the same luxury, guaranteed at the same price. 

FLIGHTS 




Hangzhou post-tour extension – 





YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 


CHINA 

Hotel Eclat Beijing 

Upscale hotel with its own 

private art collection 

Shangri-La Hotel Xian 

Contemporary retreat close to 

the city’s ancient wonders 

Shangri-La Hotel Guilin 

Traditional-style Chinese architecture 

on the banks of the Li River 

Alila Yangshuo 

Former sugar mill turned 

cutting-edge sanctuary 

Four Seasons Shanghai at Puxi 

Contemporay luxury in 

Shanghai’s historic centre 


China & 

the Yangtze 

LUXURY 

SMALL GROUP 

JOURNEYS 


Travelling by pedicab, bullet train, river cruiser, and plane, explore a sublime 

series of attractions. Perfect for foodie fans, nature enthusiasts and 

culture lovers alike, this itinerary offers authentic discovery 


›› 

Embark on a three-night 

cruise on the Yangtze 

River aboard the luxurious 

Sanctuary Yangzi Explorer 

›› 

Discover the less-visited 

and well-preserved 

Mutianyu section of the 

Great Wall of China 

›› 

View the incredible 

Terracotta Army 

accompanied by a specialist 

›› 

Get up close and personal 

with giant panda roaming 

free in their natural habitat 

›› 

Experience the narrow 

winding lanes and 

courtyard residences 

of a traditional hutong 

INCLUSIONS 

33 


33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


33 


& 7 dinners 

33 


33 


33 


33 


on Days 3 & 7 

33 


CHINA 

Chengdu 

Xian 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

AIR 

CRUISE 

RAIL 

Chongqing 

DAY 1: Arrive Beijing, China 

Arrive in the capital city of Beijing, the 

country’s long-time seat of power, where you 

are transferred to your luxurious hotel. 

Four Seasons Hotel Beijing 

Yichang 

Beijing 


After your welcome briefing, participate in 

a private tai chi lesson taught by a master 

instructor at the Temple of Heaven, a stunning 

example of classical Ming period architecture. 

After lunch, take in the sweep of history 

at Tiananmen Square before exploring the 

imperial grandeur of the Forbidden City. 

Tonight, gather for a special welcome dinner 

at your hotel. 

Four Seasons Hotel Beijing | Meals: B L D 


Travel to the well-preserved Mutianyu section 

of the Great Wall of China. Walk or ride 

a cable car to the top of the wall to take in 

sweeping views of the surrounding mountains. 

After experiencing this wonder of the world, 

return to Beijing. Then, Ride like a Local on a 

pedicab through a hutong, a vast yet intimate 

neighbourhood of small winding alleyways 

dating back to China’s dynastic period. 

Four Seasons Hotel Beijing | Meals: B L 

Shanghai 

DAY 4: Xian 

Fly to Xian, a modern city cloaked in over 

3,000 years of history. Once the eastern 

terminus of the Great Silk Road, Xian has 

become a melting pot of Middle Eastern and 

Asian influences. Upon arrival, enjoy lunch, 

and then visit the old city quarter with its 

teeming markets and beautiful Great Mosque, 

a 14th-century national heritage site. A blend 

of classic Chinese temple architecture and 

central Asian embellishments makes it one of 

the most fascinating sites in Xian. 

Sofitel Legend People’s Grand Hotel Xian | 

Meals: B L D 

DAY 5: Xian 

Today, accompanied by an on-site specialist, 

visit the excavation area of the Terracotta 

Warriors and Horses, the life-size army 

created during the Qin Dynasty to protect 

Qin Shi Huang, China’s first emperor, in his 

afterlife. More than 8,000 remarkably crafted 

soldiers are spread throughout three dig pits, 

each bearing a unique face. Then, enjoy a 

chef ’s table dumpling-making demonstration 

followed by lunch. 

Sofitel Legend People’s Grand Hotel Xian | 

Meals: B L 

DAY 6: Chengdu 

Travel to Chengdu, the charming capital 

of Sichuan Province. After lunch, immerse 

yourself in local life and culture at the People’s 

Park, where regional residents play traditional 



CHINA 

Chinese instruments, practice calligraphy, 

and engage in tai chi. Observe a traditional 

tea demonstration and learn about the 

centuries-old match-making techniques 

still in use today. Tonight, enjoy a special 

Sichuan hotpot dinner. 

Waldorf Astoria Chengdu | Meals: B L D 

DAY 7: Chengdu – Chongqing 

Today, visit the Chengdu Panda Breeding and 

Research Centre. Enjoy the rare opportunity 

to observe these endangered creatures 

roaming freely in their natural habitat. 

Then, board a high-speed train for a 

ride through the Chinese countryside to 

Chongqing, where you embark on your river 

cruiser, Sanctuary Yangzi Explorer, for a 

three-night journey to Yichang. Settle into 

your cabin as the craft sets sail downstream 

to the stunning Three Gorges region. 

Sanctuary Yangzi Explorer | Meals: B L D 

DAY 8: Cruising the Yangtze 

Start your morning with tai chi on the deck 

before breakfast. Disembark in the small 

city of Fuling and enjoy a shore excursion, 

beginning with a visit to the White Crane 

Ridge Underwater Museum. Descend 46 

metres underwater to see centuries-old rock 

carvings. Afterwards, continue to a local 

market to gain insight into the region’s 

rich culinary culture. After lunch, learn 

about Chinese traditional medicine and 

reflexology and in the evening, attend 

the captain’s reception. 


DAY 9: Cruising the Yangtze 

Early this morning, Sanctuary Yangzi Explorer 

navigates the Qutang and Wu Gorges before 

anchoring at Badong, where you board a ferry 

and travel up Shennong Stream. Transfer to 

‘pea pod’ boats poled by Tujia boatmen to 

view a scenic gorge. The Tujia are members 

of a local minority culture famed for their 

boatbuilding skills and keen knowledge of 

the Yangtze. Gain insights into their daily 

lives by visiting a village before returning 

by ferryboat to Sanctuary Yangzi Explorer. 

Tonight, savour a ‘Taste of China’ dinner, 

followed by onboard entertainment. 



YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

Four Seasons Hotel Beijing 

Elegant hotel renowned for 

exceptionally high-quality service 

DAY 10: Yichang – Shanghai 

This morning, disembark and fly to Shanghai, 

stopping briefly to photograph the Three 

Gorges Dam, a project that resulted in the 

resettlement of 1.2 million residents of the 

cities submerged behind the 185-metre-tall 

engineering marvel. Upon arrival in Shanghai, 

transfer to your elegant hotel, located on the 

city’s historic Bund, for some relaxation. 

Waldorf Astoria Shanghai on the Bund | Meals: B L 


Explore dynamic Shanghai, where stunning 

modern skylines meet classic street markets 

and gardens. Contrast this experience with 

a visit to charming Zhujiajiao, a traditional 

water village which harks back to China’s 

imperial past. Glide along its main canal on 

a sampan (wooden boat). Tonight, attend 

a performance by the Shanghai Acrobatics 

Troupe, featuring dazzling feats of athleticism. 

Waldorf Astoria Shanghai on the Bund | Meals: B 


Stroll the streets of the Old Town and visit 

the 16th-century Yu Garden with its pavilions 

and streams. Walk along the Bund, Shanghai’s 

most popular promenade. This afternoon, 

explore studios and galleries in the M-50 

Contemporary Art District. Then, gather 

tonight for a farewell dinner. 

Waldorf Astoria Shanghai on the Bund | 

Meals: B L D 

DAY 13: Depart Shanghai 



Meals: B 


GUARANTEED 

DEPARTURE 


MARCH: 

15, 22 

29 

PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

£5,920 

£6,305 

SINGLE 

SUPP. 

FROM 

£1,535 

£2,305 

APRIL: 

5, 12, 19, 26 £6,305 £2,305 

MAY: 

3, 10, 17, 24, 31 £6,305 £2,305 

JUNE: 

14, 21, 28 £5,920 £1,535 

JULY: 

12, 19, 26 £5,920 £1,535 

AUGUST: 

2, 9, 16, 23 

30 

£5,920 

£6,305 

£1,535 

£2,305 

SEPTEMBER: 

6, 13, 20, 27 £6,305 £2,305 

OCTOBER: 

4, 11, 18, 25 £6,305 £2,305 

NOVEMBER: 

1 £6,305 £2,305 


Price is based on Main Deck cabin. Upgrade prices to 

the Xiling Deck, Wu Deck and suites are on request. 

This journey includes some active elements. Please 

note that multiple groups of 18 A&K guests and 

other passengers may be travelling on board 

Sanctuary Yangzi Explorer simultaneously. 

FLIGHTS 








Sofitel Legend People’s Grand 

Hotel Xian 

Iconic and ideally located property 

within Xian’s historic walls 

Waldorf Astoria Chengdu 

Art Deco-style hotel offering 

stunning city views 


Reconditioned river cruiser boasting 

the largest cabins on the Yangtze 

Waldorf Astoria Shanghai 

on the Bund 

Palatial luxury hotel, a five-minute 

walk from the Bund 



CHINA 


With luxurious staterooms and public areas, expert onboard guides, and a peerless 

staff and crew, Yangzi Explorer is ideal for cruising the mighty Yangtze 

DECK PLAN 

Sanctuary ‘Yangzi Explorer’ 


33 

38 deluxe cabins, 20 suites 

and four speciality suites 

33 

Private balcony in all cabins 

and suites 

33 

Viewing lounge & bar 

33 

International restaurant offering 

a wide array of menu options 

33 

Double-decker theatre with bar 

33 

Spa and beauty salon 

SPACIOUS, ELEGANT CABINS 

The recently refurbished Yangzi Explorer’s 

spacious, elegant staterooms range from a 

roomy deluxe cabin — at 31 square metres, 

the largest cabin of its kind on the river — to 

the palatial Imperial and Celestial suites at 110 

square metres. Some suites feature a private 

sun deck/balcony, king-size bed and separate 

lounge with panoramic views. All cabins and 

suites include private balconies with alfresco 

sitting area, private bathroom, minibar, air 

conditioning, and flat-screen TV. 

FINE AMENITIES & SUPERB STAFF 

Sanctuary Yangzi Explorer includes all the 

amenities you would expect at a deluxe hotel, 

with its fitness centre, business centre, spa and 

beauty salon, and a laundry service. And, with 

a staff-to-guest ratio of better than 1:1, you 

can rely on the most attentive service. 

EXCELLENT FOOD & WINE 

A dedicated team of internationally 

trained chefs prepare meals from fresh 

ingredients, and perfectly pair each dish with 

complimentary house wines. 

ONBOARD SPECIALISTS 

Your A&K resident tour director and the 

ship’s onboard China specialists co-ordinate 

educational programmes and shore excursions 

that reveal the Yangtze’s integral role in 

Chinese history. 

Function 

Room 

Spa/ 

Fitness Centre 

Theatre 

Mezzanine 

Theatre 

Main Floor 

Restaurant 

Suite 

Lounge 

EXPLORER DECK 

QUTANG DECK 

WU DECK 

XILING DECK 

MAIN DECK 

Business Centre 

Lift 

Lift 

Viewing Lounge 

& Bar 

501 503 505 507 509 511 

502 504 506 508 510 512 514 Mandarin 

Lift 

401 403 405 407 409 411 413 

Lift 

402 404 406 408 410 412 414 416 

Art Gallery/ 

Shops 

301 303 305 307 309 311 313 Celestial 

302 304 306 308 310 312 314 Imperial 

Reception 201 203 205 207 209 211 213 215 

Lobby 

Viewing 

Deck 

202 204 206 208 210 212 214 216 

Jade 

Imperial/Celestial suite (110 sqm) 

Mandarin/Jade suite (81 sqm) 

Suite – Qutang Deck (39 sqm) 

Suite – Wu Deck (39 sqm) 

Deluxe cabin – Wu Deck (31 sqm) 

Bridge 

Deluxe cabin – Xiling Deck (31 sqm) 

Deluxe cabin – Main Deck (31 sqm) 


IMMERSIVE 

JOURNEYS 

Journey through Japan: 

From Tokyo to Kyoto 


The ideal escape for those keen to embrace both modern and traditional Japan. Journey from futuristic 

Tokyo to ancient Kyoto, seeing everything from samurai houses to the world-famous bullet train 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

ROAD 

RAIL 

EXTENSION 

Hiroshima 

Kanazawa 

Kyoto 

JAPAN 

Nakasendo Way 

Tokyo 

Hakone 

DAY 1: Arrive Tokyo 

Land in Japan’s capital city where you will be 

met and driven straight to your hotel. Spend 

the rest of the day getting acquainted with 

this metropolis. Pull up a stool at a sushi bar 

or go for a walk to soak up the medley of 

neon lights, modern skyscrapers, and 

buzzing atmosphere. 

Cerulean Tower Tokyu Hotel 

DAY 2: Tokyo 

Start the day in the Asakusa district to see 

the city’s oldest temple, Senso-ji. You can 

pick up souvenirs at the nearby Nakamise 

Arcade selling rows of traditional objects 

and snacks. Continue to Meiji Shrine, one of 

Japan’s most important Shinto sites. Its serene 

forest setting is a far cry from Harajuku, your 

next stop, famed for Japanese youth culture 

and cutting-edge fashion. For something a 

bit more refined, head to the shopping mecca 

of Omotesando, an avenue known as Tokyo’s 

Champs-Élysées for its architectural design 

and upmarket shops. 

Cerulean Tower Tokyu Hotel | Meals: B L D 

DAY 3: Tokyo 





OPTION 1: Experience art two ways 

Immerse yourself in the hi-tech Mori Art 

Museum, the world’s first digital museum. 

For artwork on a large scale, visit the Suntory 

Museum of Art’s impressive architecture. 



JAPAN 

OPTION 2: Dive into Tsukiji Fish Market 

Wake up early to see the world’s largest fish 

market in full swing. Then learn how to make 

sushi like a pro and tuck into homemade 

maguro hosomaki (tuna rolls). 

OPTION 3: Swing samurai swords 

Don a kimono and begin your samurai 

training journey. An expert will show you the 

swings and thrusts used by generations 

of these famed warriors. 

OPTION 4: Take up Taiko drumming 

Try out the Japanese drumming techniques 

used in ancient religious ceremonies. 

You’ll learn about the history and join 

in a traditional jam session. 

Cerulean Tower Tokyu Hotel | Meals: B 

DAY 4: Tokyo – Takayama 

Leave Tokyo behind and zip through the 

country on the revolutionary bullet train. 

Travelling at over 480kph, you’ll arrive at 

Nagoya in just over an hour and a half where 

you’ll switch to a slower paced train. Tuck into 

a bento box and enjoy panoramic views of 

mountains, gorges, and rural villages before 

you glide into the town of Takayama. Your 

driver will be waiting to take you to your 

retreat. Take the afternoon to relax or stretch 

your legs on a hike through the hills. 

Hotel Associa Takayama Resort | Meals: B L 

DAY 5: Takayama 

During spring, the whole town celebrates 

the new season by parading precious 

17th-century yatai (floats) through the 

streets. You may not be there for the festival, 

but you can get close to these ornate floats at 

the Takayama Festival Floats Exhibition Hall. 

Chase this with a sake tasting, delving behind 

the scenes of a few cedar-smelling breweries 

and observing the different brewing methods. 

The afternoon is free to explore as you please. 

Hotel Associa Takayama Resort | Meals: B 

DAY 6: Takayama – Kanazawa 

Today you’ll be driven a couple of hours to 

the historic city of Kanazawa. Pause at the 

traditional village of Shirakawago, UNESCO 

accredited for its remote beauty and intact 

culture. Tucked away in the verdant Shogawa 

River Valley, it is here you can see its famed 

A-shaped thatched gassho-zukuri houses, said 

to resemble the hands of Buddhist monks. 

Continue to Kanazawa and your hotel. 

Kanazawa Tokyu Hotel | Meals: B 

DAY 7: Kanazawa 

At first, Kanazawa may appear modern. 

Nevertheless, the city is renowned for 

its distinct pockets of yesteryear Japan. 

Head to the samurai district where you 

can view well-preserved samurai residences. 

Nomura-ke is one such restored house 

where you can investigate its earthen walls, 

carp-filled ponds, and custom-made outfits 

from the glory days. Then visit the zen-like 

Kenroku-en, a prize-winning garden and 

horticultural haven. Stroll around the 

streams, irises, and flowering trees. 

Kanazawa Tokyu Hotel | Meals: B 

DAY 8: Kanazawa – Kyoto 

You have the morning to explore on your 

own or do some last minute shopping. In 

the afternoon your guide will take you to the 

train station where you’ll catch the bullet 

train to Kyoto. The journey takes just over an 

hour and when you arrive, you’ll be driven 

to your hotel. Worlds away from Tokyo’s 

futuristic neon lights, the city of Kyoto evokes 

old-world Japan. Why not start off with an 

introductory stroll through what was once 


›› 

Explore geisha culture 

and watch a timeless, 

entrancing performance 

›› 

Discover Tokyo in depth 

for three nights 

›› 

Whistle through Japan 

on the world-famous 

bullet train 

›› 

See traditional 

gassho-zukuri houses 

in Shirakawago 

›› 

Unravel Hiroshima’s 

history with an expert 

INCLUSIONS 

33 


33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


& 2 dinners 

33 


33 









the country’s Imperial capital? You can take it 

at your own pace. 

Kyoto Tokyu Hotel | Meals: B 

DAY 9: Kyoto 

Get ready to visit Kyoto’s iconic Kinkaku-ji, 

glittering with gold. It used to belong to the 

powerful Saionji family in the 14th century 

and is now a Zen Buddhist temple offering its 

visitors fantastical reflections in the mirrorlike 

pond. Steer towards the 17th-century Nijo 

Castle harking back to the feudal era with 

original moats and stone walls. Its manicured 

gardens blanketed with cherry trees are reason 

enough to visit, but make sure to stop at the 

Ninomaru Palace for its lavish gold-leaf décor 

and decorated ceilings. 



DAY 3: Experience art two ways 

DAY 11: Don a kimono 


DAY 3: Dive into Tsukiji Fish Market 

DAY 11: Browse markets and make sweets 

ACTIVE 

DAY 3: Swing samurai swords 

DAY 3: Take up Taiko drumming 

DAY 11: Enjoy a rickshaw ride 

DAY 10: Hiroshima 

Take the bullet train to Hiroshima, the site 

where the first atomic bomb was dropped 

on 6 August 1945. Today you can still see 

the ruins where this devastating attack took 

place. While the city itself was rebuilt, the 

Hiroshima Peace Memorial Park remains as a 

legacy of the atttack, detailing its history with 

pictures and memorabilia. Then take the ferry 

to Itsukushima, known as Miyajima (‘Shrine 

Island’), to see the floating red Torii gate. 

Return to Kyoto on the bullet train. 


DAY 11: Kyoto 





OPTION 1: Don a kimono 

For centuries Japanese people have worn silk 

kimonos, the country’s cultural symbol. Visit 

a town full of machiya houses where you can 

learn the history of the kimono and try one on. 

OPTION 2: Browse markets and make sweets 

Visit Nishiki market that’s been thriving 

since the 17th century. Browse endless rows 

of fresh produce. Then learn how to prepare 

traditional Japanese sweets. 

OPTION 3: Enjoy a rickshaw ride 

Set off on a rickshaw ride around the lofty 

Sagano Bamboo Forest, particularly idyllic in 

the light wind. You can buy bamboo baskets or 

mats made in the local workshops. 

This evening, you’ll be treated to a special 

geisha performance while you dine. You can 

also try your hand at traditional Japanese 

party games to celebrate your last night. 

Kyoto Tokyu Hotel | Meals: B D 

DAY 12: Depart Kyoto 

A chauffeur will drive you to the airport from 

where you will depart. 

Meals: B 






GUARANTEED 


PRICE 

PER 

PERSON 

SEPTEMBER: 

9 £6,740 

OCTOBER: 

18 £6,995 

NOVEMBER: 

13 £7, 265 

GUARANTEED 


MARCH: 

10 

16 

PRICE 

PER 

PERSON 

£6,995 

£7, 325 

APRIL: 

1, 8 £7, 395 

MAY: 

13 £7,250 





FLIGHTS 




to suit you. 


EXTENSIONS 

Nakasendo Way post-tour 

extension – four days 

from £1,120pp 

Hakone ryokan stay post-tour 

extension – three days 

from £450pp 





JAPAN 

YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

Cerulean Tower Tokyu Hotel 

Sky-scraping luxury with 

contemporary Tokyo style 

Hotel Associa Takayama Resort 

Mountain escape with a traditional onsen 

Kanazawa Tokyu Hotel 

Contemporary outpost five 

minutes from the city landmarks 

Kyoto Tokyu Hotel 

Modern retreat close to the sights 


Classic Japan 


LUXURY 

SMALL GROUP 

JOURNEYS 

Combining fantastic foodie experiences, remote natural retreats, and a chance to 

discover Japan’s historic and ultra-modern marvels, this diverse itinerary leads you 

to the heart of an extraordinary and unique country 


›› 

Capture the spirit 

of Japan in a traditional 

tea ceremony 

›› 

Experience Japan’s culture, 

from ancient traditions to 

ultra-modern bullet trains 

›› 

Meet a geiko and a 

maiko at an exclusive 

shabu-shabu dinner 

›› 

Relax in an authentic 

ryokan at a popular 

hot-spring destination 

›› 

View cherry blossoms in 

spring or enjoy astonishing 

autumnal colours 

INCLUSIONS 

33 


33 


& English-speaking 

expert local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


& 4 dinners 

33 


33 


33 


33 


on Days 3 & 5 

33 


ARRIVE/DEPART 

ROAD 

RAIL 

EXTENSION 

Hiroshima 

Kyoto 

Osaka 

JAPAN 

Tokyo 

Hakone 

DAY 1: Arrive Tokyo, Japan 

Arrive in Tokyo, Japan’s exciting and modern 

capital. Transfer to your hotel and enjoy the 

expansive views over the city’s skyline. 

The Ritz-Carlton, Tokyo 

DAY 2: Tokyo 

After your welcome briefing, proceed to 

Tsukiji Fish Market, a bustling hub. Continue 

to the Shitamachi Museum to view historical 

reproductions of the living spaces of artisans 

and merchants who once occupied Tokyo’s 

lowlands. Enjoy lunch at a local restaurant, 

and then visit the colourful Asakusa Kannon 

Temple, completed in 645 AD, pausing in the 

tiny shops of Nakamise-dori. Finish your day 

with a photo stop at the Imperial Palace Plaza. 

Tonight, enjoy a welcome dinner. 

The Ritz-Carlton, Tokyo | Meals: B L D 

DAY 3: Tokyo 

Today, start at the Samurai Museum, where 

you learn about the customs of this elitewarrior 

class and get an up-close look at 

an authentic weaponry collection. Then, 

pass by Shibuya Crossing, Tokyo’s answer 

to Times Square, to watch the mesmerising 

foot traffic. Enjoy lunch at a local restaurant 

before proceeding to Tokyo’s vibrant Harajuku 

district, where the city’s youth gathers to 

see and be seen, sporting colourful, eclectic 

fashions. Also visit Omotesando Street, an 

elegant row of upscale shops with dazzling 

façades. The remainder of the day is at leisure. 

The Ritz-Carlton, Tokyo | Meals: B L 

DAY 4: Hakone 

Travel to Hakone, among Japan’s most popular 

hot-spring destinations, and view Hakone 

National Park’s coastlines, mountains, lakes, 

and many volcanic islands. Board an aerial 

tram for inspiring views of Mount Fuji. Enjoy 

lunch at a local restaurant before strolling the 

grassy hillsides of Hakone’s Open Air Museum 

to admire the contemporary sculptures and 

artwork on display, including one of the 

world’s finest Picasso exhibits, presenting 

visitors with some 300 works by the cubist 

master. Tonight, enjoy unparalleled service 

and traditional Japanese cuisine at Gora 

Kadan, a top-rated ryokan (traditional inn). 

Gora Kadan | Meals: B L D 

DAY 5: Osaka 

After breakfast at your ryokan, visit the Okada 

Museum of Art to view its stunning paintings, 

ceramics, lacquerware, and bronzes from 

Japan, Korea, and China. Then, Ride like a 

Local by bullet train to Osaka. Historically 

known as a merchant city, today Osaka is 

Japan’s undisputed culinary capital. Indulge 

in everything from octopus dumplings to 

okonomiyaki – a battered, grilled concoction 

of cabbage, meat, or seafood, and seaweed, 

topped with mayo. This evening, explore the 

popular Dotonbori district on a foodie tour, 

stopping at a diverse array of restaurants. 

The St Regis Osaka | Meals: B L 

DAY 6: Nara 

Travel to Nara, Japan’s first capital, to visit 

Todai-ji, a temple complex and UNESCO 

World Heritage Site containing the largest 

bronze Buddha statue in Japan. Proceed 

to Nara Park, home to hundreds of deer, 

venerated here as divine spirits, which you 

can feed by hand. Complete your Nara 

excursion with a visit to Kasuga Taisha Shrine 

to experience a Shinto ceremony. Pause for 

lunch at a local restaurant before proceeding 



JAPAN 

YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 


GUARANTEED 

DEPARTURE 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

SINGLE 

SUPP. 

FROM 

to the Kehaya-za Sumo Pavilion. Observe a 

demonstration of this popular Japanese sport. 

Return to your hotel for dinner. 

The St Regis Osaka | Meals: B L D 

DAY 7: Kyoto 

Travel early this morning to contemplate 

the iconic Zen rock garden at Ryoan-ji, the 

perfect spot for a meditative moment, and 

discover the glittering Kinkaku-ji Temple 

(Golden Pavilion) – covered with gold leaf, 

surrounded by green gardens and casting its 

delicate reflection in the tranquil pond beside 

it. After a traditional bento box lunch, explore 

the Arashiyama neighbourhood, including the 

garden of Tenryu-ji Temple. Later, bask in the 

magical atmosphere of Arashiyama Bamboo 

Grove, strolling through the towering shoots. 

Four Seasons Hotel Kyoto | Meals: B L 

DAY 8: Kyoto 

Visit Shogunzuka Temple for stunning views 

of Kyoto, and then continue to the home and 

studio of the late Kawai Kanjiro, one of Kyoto’s 

most famous potters. View his creations as 

well as his personal collection of ceramics, 

sculptures and wood carvings. Proceed to 

a temple to experience the art of the tea 

ceremony, noting its refined etiquette. 

Tonight, savour traditional Japanese cuisine, 

while attending geisha dance, sing, pour sake, 

and converse about their fascinating lives. 

Four Seasons Hotel Kyoto | Meals: B D 

DAY 9: Depart Kyoto 

After breakfast, transfer to Kansai 

International Airport or Itami Airport, both 

located just outside of Osaka. Alternatively, 

begin a post-tour extension to Hiroshima. 

Meals: B 

MARCH: 

4 

11 

18, 22, 25, 29 

APRIL: 

1, 5, 8 

12, 15 

£8,765 

£9,610 

£9,995 

£9,995 

£9,610 


This journey includes some long walks. April 

departure dates are planned to potentially coincide 

with the famed blooming of Japan’s cherry blossoms. 

FLIGHTS 





EXTENSIONS 

£3,690 

£4,225 

£4,610 

£4,610 

£4,225 

MAY: 

6, 13 £9,610 £4,225 

SEPTEMBER: 

13, 30 £9,610 £4,225 

OCTOBER: 

7, 11, 14, 21 £9,610 £4,225 

NOVEMBER: 

4, 11 £9,610 £4,225 

Hiroshima post-tour extension 

- three days from £2,840pp 







The Ritz-Carlton, Tokyo 

Enjoy panoramic views of Mount 

Fuji from Tokyo’s tallest building 

Gora Kadan 

Traditional ryokan situated 

within Hakone National Park 

The St Regis Osaka 

Luxury hotel set on Midosuji Boulevard, 

the Champs-Élysées of Osaka 

Four Seasons Hotel Kyoto 

Enjoy a tea ceremony around 

the 800-year-old pond garden 


Images of Indochina 

& Angkor Wat 

LUXURY 

SMALL GROUP 

JOURNEYS 


Whether you’re attracted by the striking natural beauty, the fascinating history 

surrounding the glittering temples, or the unique charm of rural Indochinese lifestyles, this 

diverse itinerary offers many unforgettable wonders 


›› 

Spend two days exploring 

the ruins of Angkor with 

your expert guide 

›› 

Take a tranquil overnight 

cruise on Ha Long Bay 

›› 

Enjoy expedited customs 

and immigration 

formalities upon arrival 

in Hanoi, Siem Reap, 

and Bangkok 

›› 

Step back in time as you 

explore tranquil Luang 

Prabang 

›› 

Experience vibrant café 

culture in Hanoi and Ho 

Chi Minh City 

INCLUSIONS 

33 


33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


33 


& 6 dinners 

33 


33 


33 


33 


on Days 9 & 10 

33 


Bangkok 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

AIR 

ROAD 

CRUISE 

Luang 

Prabang 

THAILAND 

Siem Reap 

LAOS 

CAMBODIA 

DAY 1: Arrive Hanoi, Vietnam 

Arrive in Hanoi, the capital of Vietnam, 

and transfer to your colonial-style hotel. 

Sofitel Legend Metropole Hanoi 

Hanoi 

Hai Phong 

Ha Long 

Bay 

VIETNAM 

Ho Chi 

Minh City 

DAY 2: Hanoi 

Hanoi is the country’s cultural heart, bearing 

traces of centuries of changing dynasties. 

Visit Ho Chi Minh’s house, a simple structure 

that served as home to the revolutionary 

guerrilla leader. Continue to the lotus-shaped 

One Pillar Pagoda, dating back to the first 

independent Vietnamese empire. Also 

visit the infamous ‘Hanoi Hilton’ prison, 

where American prisoners of war were once 

confined. Ride like a Local by cyclo through 

the city’s Old Quarter. This evening, gather 

with your fellow guests for a welcome dinner. 

Sofitel Legend Metropole Hanoi | Meals: B L D 

DAY 3: Ha Long Bay 

Travel to Haiphong to board Orchid and cruise 

picturesque Ha Long Bay. Pass the islets of 

Con Vit and Gia Luan, their striking karsts 

rising dramatically from the emerald waters. 

On a course less frequented by other cruises, 

wind past Cat Ba Island, Thoi Quyt, Coc Ngoi 

islet, and Cua Van floating village. Halt in Lan 

Ha Bay, where you can disembark to enjoy 

this remote beach. Back aboard, watch the sun 

set over the Gulf of Tonkin, before a chef ’s 

table demonstration featuring traditional 

Vietnamese cuisine, followed by dinner. 

Orchid | Meals: B L D 

DAY 4: Ha Long Bay & Haiphong 

Greet the day on deck with sunrise tai chi 

overlooking the bay. Then, set out to explore 

Toi and Sang (Dark and Bright) Cave. 

Return for brunch on board as Orchid sails 

home to port in Haiphong. Back on terra 

firma, proceed to Hang Keng Temple and 

enjoy a water puppet show. Later, fly to Ho Chi 

Minh City, formerly Saigon, where you settle 

in at your hotel. 

InterContinental Saigon Hotel | Meals: B L 

DAY 5: Ho Chi Minh City 

Recently undergoing a resurgence of art and 

culture, Ho Chi Minh City is a lively hub of 



CAMBODIA, LAOS, THAILAND & VIETNAM 

activity. View examples of the city’s colonial 

legacy, including the Reunification Palace 

and Central Post Office, stopping for photos 

at the Cathedral of Notre Dame and Saigon 

Opera House. After lunch at a local restaurant, 

visit the War Remnants Museum, to view 

photographs of the Vietnam War by Japanese 

photojournalist Bunyo Ishikawa. Then 

experience present-day Vietnamese life at Ben 

Thanh Market. Tonight, gather with fellow 

guests for dinner at a local culinary hot spot. 

InterContinental Saigon Hotel | Meals: B L D 

DAY 6: Ho Chi Minh City 

Travel into the countryside to explore the 

expansive Cu Chi Tunnels. On arrival, talk 

with a former Viet Cong soldier and, if you 

like, crawl through these small tunnels once 

traversed by Viet Cong guerrillas. After lunch, 

return to your hotel for an afternoon at leisure. 

InterContinental Saigon Hotel | Meals: B L 

DAY 7: Siem Reap, Cambodia 

Fly to Siem Reap, the town nearest to Angkor 

Thom and Angkor Wat, and enjoy lunch at 

a local restaurant upon arrival. Then, begin 

your exploration of Angkor Thom, the last 

capital of the Khmer kingdom, with a visit to 

the Bayon Temple. Its 172 faces bear beguiling 

smiles, representing gods, goddesses, and 

other beings from classical poems and 

mythology. Check in to your hotel before 

gathering for dinner at a local restaurant. 

Belmond La Résidence d’Angkor | Meals: B L D 

DAY 8: Siem Reap 

Rise early this morning to experience the 

incomparable serenity and inspiration of 

sunrise over mystical Angkor Wat. Return 

to your hotel for breakfast and a morning 

at leisure. Later this afternoon, explore the 


110 Call 01242 547 892, visit abercrombiekent.co.uk/escortedtours, or speak to one of our trusted travel agent partners 

stunning ruins of Ta Prohm, where the roots 

of great trees have spilled over the roof of 

this iconic temple. Enjoy a scenic sundowner 

on a gondola while floating on the Angkor 

Thom moat. 

Belmond La Résidence d’Angkor | Meals: B 

DAY 9: Siem Reap 

Today, visit a less well-known temple, 

Banteay Srei, dedicated to Shiva and known as 

the ‘Citadel of Women’. Learn about the 

essential work of the Cambodia Clean Water 

Project, an A&K Philanthropy initiative that 

builds pumping wells in rural communities 

throughout the country. Enjoy lunch at a 

local restaurant before visiting the Angkor 

National Museum, home to golden-era 

Khmer kingdom artefacts. Then, bid farewell 

to Cambodia as you fly to Luang Prabang. 

Belmond La Résidence Phou Vao | Meals: B L 

DAY 10: Luang Prabang, Laos 

Step back in time for a day. This morning, 

join in a village baci ceremony, and then 

proceed to Wat Xieng Thong, a Buddhist 

Temple noted for its Tree of Life wall mosaic. 

After lunch at a local restaurant, stop at the 

Traditional Arts & Ethnology Centre, which 

is devoted to protecting the ethnic diversity 

of Laos. In the evening, enjoy a stroll through 

the vibrant night market before continuing on

YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 

Sofitel Legend Metropole Hanoi 

Condé Nast Traveller Gold List hotel 

with stylish, spacious rooms 



Orchid 

All-balcony luxury vessel with superb 

onboard service cruising Ha Long Bay 

CAMBODIA, LAOS, THAILAND & VIETNAM 

to sample Laos cuisine at a top local restaurant 

for dinner. 

Belmond La Résidence Phou Vao | Meals: B L D 

DAY 11: Luang Prabang – Bangkok, 

Thailand 

Rise very early to give alms to local monks 

before returning to the hotel for breakfast. 

Next, visit the National Museum, once a royal 

palace, before continuing to a local restaurant 

for lunch. Visit a silk weaving centre and then 

fly to Bangkok, Thailand’s vibrant capital. 

The Peninsula Bangkok | Meals: B L 

DAY 12: Bangkok 

Visit the sprawling Grand Palace. Explore the 

historic Siamese court, home to Thailand’s 

most important shrine, the jade Emerald 

Buddha. See the temple of Wat Pho, with 

its massive, gilded reclining Buddha. Next, 

enjoy a splendid view of Wat Arun from the 

deck of a boat as you take a Chao Phraya 

River cruise. Tonight, gather for a special 

farewell dinner. 

The Peninsula Bangkok | Meals: B D 

GUARANTEED 

DEPARTURE 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 



SINGLE 

SUPP. 

FROM 

JANUARY: 

6, 10, 13, 17, 

20, 24, 27 £7,095 £2,245 

FEBRUARY: 

10, 17, 21, 28 £7,095 £2,245 

MARCH: 

3, 7, 14, 17, 28 £7,095 £2,245 

APRIL: 

14 £7,095 £2,245 

SEPTEMBER: 

22 £7,095 £2,245 

OCTOBER: 

6, 13, 17, 20 £7,095 £2,245 

NOVEMBER: 

3, 7, 14 £7,095 £2,245 

DECEMBER: 

8, 12 

15 

£7,095 

£7,870 

£2,245 

£2,785 

FLIGHTS 




to suit you. 


InterContinental Saigon Hotel 

Luxurious rooms in the heart of 

energetic Ho Chi Minh City 

Belmond La Résidence d’Angkor 

Serene, leafy hideaway 

set close to Angkor Wat 

Belmond La Résidence Phou Vao 

Tranquil boutique luxury hotel, 

appointed with teak and local textiles 

DAY 13: Depart Bangkok 



Meals: B 




The Peninsula Bangkok 

One of Asia’s best hotels, overlooking 

Chao Phraya River 


Cruising the Mekong: 

Siam, Saigon & Angkor Wat 


This great eastern river is certain to satisfy those who hunger for diverse 

experiences; explore secluded markets, wildlife-rich mangroves, and jungle 

temples, learning from local villagers and Buddhist monks 

LUXURY 

SMALL GROUP 

JOURNEYS 


›› 

Cruise for seven 

nights on the luxurious, 

exclusively chartered 

Mekong Princess 

›› 

Tour the attractions of 

Bangkok by tuk-tuk and 

traditional rice barge 

›› 

Explore magnificent 

Angkor Wat at sunset 

with an expert guide 

›› 

Gain deeper insight into 

South-East Asia’s varied 

cultures as you meet locals 

›› 

Enjoy access to 

less-frequented locales 

including little-known 

river islands 

INCLUSIONS 

33 


33 



local guides 

33 



33 



33 


33 


33 


& 9 dinners 

33 


33 


33 


33 


on Days 3 & 4 

33 


Bangkok 

Hanoi 

Luang Prabang 

LAOS 

THAILAND 

Siem Reap 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

AIR 

ROAD 

CRUISE 

EXTENSION 

DAY 1: Arrive Bangkok, Thailand 

Arrive in Bangkok, the Thai capital, and 

transfer to your luxurious hotel. 


Phnom Penh 

CAMBODIA 

Kampong 

Cham 

Mekong Delta 

VIETNAM 

Ho Chi 

Minh City 

DAY 2: Bangkok 

After your welcome briefing, discover the 

temple of Wat Pho, with its huge Buddha 

statue, and listen to the musical sound of 

coins dropping into brass offering bowls. 

Ride like a Local on a tuk-tuk around the 

sprawling Grand Palace. Explore the royal 

Siamese court, home to Thailand’s most 

important shrine, the jade Emerald Buddha. 

Next, gather for lunch aboard a traditional 

wooden rice barge. Cruise the Chao Phraya 

River, taking in the wonderful views. Later, fly 

to Siem Reap, Cambodia, and transfer to your 

traditional, Khmer-style boutique hotel. 

Belmond La Résidence d’Angkor | Meals: B L D 

DAY 3: Siem Reap, Cambodia 

Explore the extraordinary temples of Angkor, 

a breathtaking jungle city and Cambodia’s 

most prized national treasure. Enter the 

monumental gates of Angkor Thom, where 54 

gods and 54 demons are represented in an epic 

tug of war. Visit Bayon Temple, with its 172 

large-scale faces wearing enchanting smiles, 

and Terraces of the Elephant and Leper Kings. 

Walk to the temple of Ta Prohm, an Indiana 

Jones-worthy fantasy with crumbling towers. 

Stay at Angkor Wat until sunset, marvelling 

as the diminishing light washes over this 

unforgettable, faraway world. 

Belmond La Résidence d’Angkor | Meals: B L 

DAY 4: Cruising the Mekong 

Drive through the scenic Cambodian 

countryside to Kampong Cham, where 

you board A&K’s private charter, the 

Mekong Princess, your boutique river cruiser 

for the next seven nights. Tonight, enjoy a 

Khmer-inspired dinner on board. 

Mekong Princess | Meals: B L D 


Explore the charming town of Angkor Ban, 

where you enjoy glimpses into the lives of local 

people, starting with a visit to a family home. 

Continue to the village school to observe a 

classroom. Stop briefly at the local monastery 

complex on your walk back to the ship. 



Ride like a Local through Phnom Penh, 

Cambodia’s lush capital city, on an engaging 

cyclo tour. Discover the ornate Royal Palace 

and wander past huge stupas, spirit houses, 

and potted flowers en route to the famous 

Silver Pagoda, home of Cambodia’s Emerald 



CAMBODIA, THAILAND & VIETNAM 

Buddha and the diamond-encrusted Maitreya 

Buddha. Visit the National Museum this 

afternoon. Later, learn about Cambodia’s 

darker days as you visit the notorious killing 

fields of Choeung Ek. Then, leave behind 

that bleak period in Cambodian history to 

attend an uplifting performance of apsara, the 

country’s national dance. 


DAY 7: Cruising the Mekong, Vietnam 

Cruise into Vietnam this morning, continuing 

downstream to little-known Hong Ngu. 

Experience a friendly welcome, before you 

visit a local family home to watch the weaving 

of kormas (traditional Khmer scarves). Later, 

explore a local temple dedicated to Hoa Hao, 

a unique Vietnamese Buddhist sect. In the 

afternoon, board a sampan (wooden boat) 

to Gieng Island, where these vessels are 

constructed. Cruise a canal past orchards 

and rice fields, heading to the French Cu Lao 

Gieng Church, built in 1879. 



This morning, disembark at the village of 

Hoa An, well known for its floral and craft 

industries. You have the chance to see how 

locals grow and use flowers, and to meet a 

family in their home. Later, reboard the ship 

and cruise downstream towards Can Tho. 



Rise early for a sampan cruise through a 

fascinating floating market near Can Tho. 

Weave between the boats selling a diverse 

array of goods, capturing photographs of 

dynamic market life. Fresh coconut water, 

the Vietnamese ‘anti-ageing drink’, refreshes 

you before a stop at a local factory to see the 

making of instant noodles. Back on board the 

Mekong Princess, sail deeper into the Mekong 


YOUR LUXURY 

ACCOMMODATION 


One of Asia’s premier hotels, 

overlooking Chao Phraya River 

Belmond La Résidence d’Angkor 

Serene, leafy retreat where ancient 

tradition meets contemporary style 

Delta, rarely touched by travellers, to see the 

fourth-century Phuoc Hau Pagoda and meet 

local monks to learn about their daily lives 

and practices. 



Today, it’s back onto a sampan to wend your 

way through the thick mangroves, whose 

tangled roots provide a sheltered habitat for 

the smallest denizens of the river’s ecosystem. 

Pause to see artisans produce coconut candy, 

a favourite local snack. Next, board an 

intimate, two-seater boat for a cruise through 

narrow creeks lined with nipa palms, a native 

species and the only one of its kind adapted 

to the mangrove habitat. 


DAY 11: Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam 

Unlike other river ships, Mekong Princess 

docks right in the heart of Ho Chi Minh City. 

Recently experiencing a resurgence of art 

and culture, the city is a hub of activity. Bid 

farewell to the crew of Mekong Princess and 

visit the Central Post Office and colourful 

Ben Thanh Market. Then, drive past the 

former US embassy building, from which 

helicopters carried off the last American 

personnel before the city fell to the Viet Cong 

in 1975. Tonight, gather with your fellow 

guests for a special farewell dinner. 

InterContinental Saigon Hotel | Meals: B D 

DAY 12: Depart Ho Chi Minh City 

After breakfast, begin a Cu Chi and Hanoi 

post-tour extension or transfer to the airport 

to depart for home. 

Meals: B 


GUARANTEED 

DEPARTURE 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

SINGLE 

SUPP. 

FROM 

JANUARY: 

7 £6,590 £650 

FEBRUARY: 

4, 18 £6,590 £650 

MARCH: 

4, 18 £6,590 £650 

OCTOBER: 

28 £6,820 £690 

NOVEMBER: 

11 £6,820 £690 

DECEMBER: 

9 

23 

£6,820 

£7,360 

£690 

£765 


Price is based on Saigon suite. Upgrade prices to 

Apsara, Tonle and Angkor suites are on request. 

This journey includes some active elements. 

FLIGHTS 




to suit you. 






Exclusively chartered all-suite 

river cruiser limited to just 24 guests 

InterContinental Saigon Hotel 

Luxurious rooms in the 

heart of Ho Chi Minh City 


EXTENSIONS 

Luang Prabang pre-tour 

extension – four days 


Cu Chi & Hanoi post-tour 

extension – three days 






CAMBODIA, THAILAND & VIETNAM 


Redefining intimate with an exclusive A&K charter of an extraordinary 12-suite vessel 


33 

12 elegant suites with private 

verandas or Juliet balconies 

33 

Spa-inspired bath amenities 

33 

Nightly turndown service 

33 

Fully air-conditioned 

with cabin control 

33 

Complimentary laundry 

service, canapés, and scented 

baths in Angkor suites 

FRENCH-COLONIAL DÉCOR 

Experience the treasures of the Mekong 

River from aboard the 12-suite Mekong 

Princess, stopping to explore unique ports and 

destinations virtually unknown to travellers. 

Adorned with French-colonial furnishings, 

the vessel’s staff are gracious, and guests can 

enjoy the comfortable spa, which offers a 

complimentary, hour-long treatment. 

The dozen tranquil, well-appointed suites on 

Mekong Princess offer spa bath amenities, 

with nightly turndown service, as well as 

either a private veranda or Juliet balcony, 

both with panoramic views. 

DELICIOUS DINING 

Breakfast and lunches on board are served 

buffet-style. Come evening, sit down to 

casually elegant, multi-course dinners in 

the candlelit Indochine dining room amid 

expansive, floor-to-ceiling windows. 

ELEGANT ONBOARD LIVING 

While plying the waters, pause to watch life 

unfold from the Observation Deck, recounting 

activities in the lounge, and staying connected 

in the library. Keep in shape in the fully 

equipped fitness centre. 

DECK PLAN 

‘Mekong Princess’ 

Lounge 

Observation 

Deck 

BASSAC DECK 

Dining Room 

MEKONG DECK 

207 

208 

205 

206 

Spa Gym Library 

Angkor suite (52sqm) 

Tonle suite (30 sqm) 

Apsara suite (24 sqm) 

Saigon suite (24 sqm) 

203 

204 

103 101 

104 102 

201 

202 

Private 

Veranda 

Private 

Veranda 



At home in the faraway polar regions, A&K’s programme of Antarctic and Arctic cruises delivers 

an artful combination of passion, experience, dynamism, and unrivalled expertise from start to finish 


WHY VISIT ANTARCTICA 

OR THE ARCTIC WITH A&K 

Bob Simpson 

Bob Simpson, past chair of the 

IAATO Executive Committee 

and A&K’s vice president of 

Expedition Cruises, explains 

what makes A&K the best 

choice when looking for an 

exceptional polar cruise 

I am proud and privileged every time I set out on an A&K 

Expedition Cruise. Navigating the harsh but amazing frontiers of 

the Arctic and Antarctica six times a year, in the company of our 

passionate expedition team with their unparalleled experience in 

these continents, is awe-inspiring. 

The desire to understand and explore the Arctic and Antarctic is 

the driving factor behind every cruise we undertake. We set sail on 

a luxury cruise ship with an intimate tour group to a natural wonder 

of our world. Whether is it trips to lesser known parts of these wild 

frontiers, or a Zodiac outing to watch wildlife in the most unspoilt 

of habitats, or even the opportunity to seek out rarely visited 

communities, these up close and personal experiences are those of 

a lifetime. 

In my view, there are a host of ways in which A&K polar cruises 

exceed every expectation, but here are five key elements that make 

our expeditions incomparable, with no other operator coming close. 

EXPERIENCE & HERITAGE 

When it comes to expeditions to these wild and wonderful frontiers, 

you know you’re in safe hands with us because: 

• The A&K polar team has been doing this since 1991 

• We’ve led over 300 expeditions and still counting 

• We are experts in all the best places to stop – from the highlights 

you’ll see on most itineraries to more rarely visited locations like 

the US Palmer Station 

• When it comes to choosing our team, we pick the best 

of the best 

• Our experience and knowledge mean we understand the 

importance of protecting and preserving these fragile areas: 

we currently operate four projects in the polar regions through 

Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy. 


OUR SHIPS, BUILT FOR SAFETY & COMFORT 

Preparation and equipment are vital on polar expeditions. We only 

use the highest level rating of everything we need to ensure your 

safety and enjoyment: 

• Ice-class ratings on both Le Lyrial and Le Boreal allow us to 

safely navigate frozen polar regions 

• State-of-the-art stabilisation systems, controlled by 

Rolls-Royce technology, offer you one of the most 

comfortable cruise experiences 

• The vessels have the latest communication, navigation, and safety 

equipment including the Global Maritime Distress and Safety 

System (GMDSS) and a satellite weather system that receives 

real-time images of cruising conditions to ensure your safety 

• Exclusively chartered for A&K, our vessels are built to sleep 

from 244-264, but we guarantee to only take a maximum of 199. 

This ensures more space and premium accommodation for 

every guest 

• Responsible cruising – the vessels are clean-ship certified, 

exceeding all environmental protocols including energyefficient 

engines, fuel-efficient motors fitted to all Zodiacs, 

and a computerised dynamic positioning system to reduce 

the need to drop anchor. 

TRUE LUXURY 

Although you’ll be on the ice for some excursions, our vessels will 

be your home for the duration of your trip. Our attention to detail 

ensures the luxury levels you expect with A&K, including: 

• Guaranteed private balcony with every accommodation 

• Complimentary butler service in every suite 

• Select open bar throughout programme 

• All-inclusive cruising – a full programme of lectures, events, 

and excursions with our award-winning expedition team 

• No hidden extras: from tips to complimentary wifi and laundry. 


THE FINER DETAILS, ONLY THE BEST 

OF EVERYTHING 

And life at the world’s extremities should be extremely wonderful. 

We guarantee five-star treatment and service throughout your trip: 

• Culinary excellence – our fresh menu is inspired by French 

gastronomic heritage 

• Two beautiful restaurants on both ships – The Grill for casual 

buffet service and The Restaurant for a more formal dining 

experience – or choose to eat alfresco on the terrace by the pool 

• Complimentary 24-hour room service and breakfast in bed options 

• Unlimited house drinks when dining, open bar in the Panoramic 

Lounge, or Club Lounge with nightly live music 

• Custom-designed parka and backpack included for you to keep 

• Complimentary use of rental boots, waterproof trousers, and 

trekking poles 

• Exclusive A&K-designed Voyage Journal featuring the best 

moments and photos from each day of your expedition, sent 

to your home after your journey 

• A personnel-to-guest ratio of 1 to 1.3, all of whom work together 

behind the scenes to deliver an exceptionally seamless experience 

at sea. 

We only trust the execution of our voyages to our handpicked and 

experienced expedition team. They are accomplished, real-life 

explorers who make your polar expedition your perfect experience. 

Turn to the next page to see how they will bring your journey to life 

in a most extraordinary way. 


IN THE COMPANY 

OF EXPERTS 

One of the advantages of cruising with A&K is exploring the polar 

landscapes with our incredible expedition team, a handpicked group 

of experts who represent the pinnacle of their fields. 

ADVENTURES WITH THOSE IN THE KNOW 

Antarctica and the Arctic command respect and require knowledge, 

and are no places for the uninitiated traveller. Which is why A&K 

employs the world’s best guides, and international experts, to ensure 

your safety and enhance your polar experience. With skills ranging 

from expedition leading to photography coaching, and indepth 

knowledge on climate change and natural history, our team’s insight 

makes your journey magical. Through lectures, guided tours, 

and informal instruction, they equip you with the know-how to 

negotiate these wild, remote locations. We only trust the execution 

of our voyages to our handpicked, highly experienced expedition 

team, who work together behind the scenes to deliver a seamless 

experience for our guests at sea. They are accomplished, real-life 

explorers – from award-winning scientists, habitat conservationists, 

and wildlife photographers, to historians and recipients of the 

prestigious Polar Medal – and they bring your voyage to life in a 

most extraordinary way. 

SPECIAL PLACES WE KNOW BY HEART 

Decorated with awards and namesake islands, many of our guides 

have been breathing the cool air of the Arctic and Antarctic regions 

for decades, if not a lifetime. With over 25 years of experience 

of successful polar expeditions, our team cross the barren polar 

wastelands and glacier-carved coves as easily as their home town 

streets – in fact you could practically call them locals in these remote 

regions. There’s no better way to explore this fascinating landscape 

than in the company of these passionate people. 

Meet some of the experts from our award-winning expedition team: 

Suzana Machado D’Oliveira 

Expedition director 

Richard Harker 

Photo enrichment coach 

Dr Patricia Silva 

Ornithology lecturer 

Russ Manning 

Naturalist & Zodiac driver 

Dr James McClintock 

Climate ecology lecturer 

Sally Escanilla 

Assistant cruise director 

Agustín Ullmann 

Expedition leader 

Matthew Messina 

Marine mammal lecturer 

Bob Burton 

History lecturer 

Helen Ahern 

Young explorers’ guide 

Juan José (JJ) Apestegui 

Assistant expedition leader 

Dr Daria Nikitina 

Geology lecturer 



Le Lyrial & Le Boreal 

Step aboard the finest purpose-built luxury expedition ships, exclusively chartered by A&K 

for our Luxury Expedition Cruising. Sister ships Le Lyrial and Le Boreal offer incredible comfort 

at sea, and thanks to small group numbers, all clients can enjoy a balconied stateroom or suite 

DISCOVER ANTARCTICA 

ABOARD LE LYRIAL 

With an elegantly airy design inspired by one of the brightest stars in 

the sky, impressive Le Lyrial makes a grand statement in polar waters, 

featuring everything from cutting-edge technology to a multitude of 

plushly comfortable suites. 

CRUISE THE ARCTIC AND 

NORTHWEST PASSAGE 

ON LE BOREAL 

High design defines vibrant Le Boreal, which features gorgeous 

staterooms and suites, luxurious amenities and beautiful common 

areas with access to outside decks. 

From above (top to bottom): Le Boreal’s owner’s suite; Le Boreal’s lounge with 

panoramic view; a Le Lyrial stateroom. Right at top of column: Le Lyrial’s reception 


Lift 

Lift Lift 

Lift 

Lift Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

LE LYRIAL 

DECK 7 

DECK 6 

DECK 5 

DECK 4 

DECK 3 

DECK 2 

‘ Le Lyrial’ 

‘ 

Le 

Le 

Lyrial’ 

Lyrial’ 

‘ Le Lyrial’ 

‘ Le Open Lyrial’ Air Bar 

Marina 

Marina Marina 

Open Air Bar 

Open Air Bar 

Open Air Bar 

Open Air Bar 

Open Air Bar 

Pool 

Pool 

Pool 

Pool 

Pool 

Pool 

Fitness 

Fitness Sauna Showers and 

Fitness Sauna 

Stream Room 

Fitness Sauna Showers and 

Salon Massage Stream 

Showers 

Room 

and 

Fitness Sauna 

Stream Room 

Showers and 

Fitness Salon Massage Sauna 

Stream Room 

Salon MassageShowers and 

Salon Massage Stream Showers Room and 

Salon Massage 

Salon Massage 

Le Lyrial Cabin Categories 

SUITES INCLUDING BUTLER SERVICE: 

n Category 9 Owner’s Suite 

n Category 8 Grand Privilege Three-Room Suite 

n Category 7 Grand Deluxe Two-Room Suite 

n Category 6 Privilege Two-Room Suite 

n Category 5 Premier Two-Room Suite 

n Category 4 Prestige Suite 

LE BOREAL 

DECK 7 

DECK 6 

DECK 5 

DECK 4 

DECK 3 

DECK 2 

Sauna 

Theatre 

Stream Room 

Theatre 

Theatre 

Theatre 

Theatre 

Theatre 

Bar 

Club Lounge Bar 

Bar 

Club Lounge 

Shop 


Bar 

Club Lounge Shop 

Shop 


Club Lounge 

Shop 

Shop 

The Restaurant 





Grill 

Grill 

Grill 

Grill 

Grill 

Grill 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Photo Desk 

Photo Desk 

Photo Desk 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Photo Desk 

Photo Desk 

Photo Desk 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Elevator 

Elevator 

Elevator 

Lift 

Lift 

Elevator 

Elevator 

Elevator 

Elevator 

Elevator 

Elevator 

Elevator 

Le Boreal Cabin Categories 

SUITES INCLUDING BUTLER SERVICE: 

n Category 8 Owner’s Suite 

n Category 7 Prestige Two-Room Suite 

n Category 6 Premier Two-Room Suite 

n Category 5 Prestige Suite 

Bar 


Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Elevator 

Elevator 

Lift 

Leisure Area 

Leisure Area 

Leisure Area 

Leisure Area 

Leisure Area 

Leisure Area 

Excursion 

Desk 

Excursion 

Reception Excursion Desk 

Desk Excursion 

Reception 

Desk 

Reception Desk Excursion 

Excursion Desk 

Reception Desk 

Desk 

Reception 


Desk 

‘ Le Boréal, L’ Austral, Le Soléal’ 

‘ Le Boréal, L’ Austral, Le Soléal’ 

Le Boréal, L’ Austral, Le Soléal’ 

‘ Le Open Boréal, Air Bar L’ Austral, Le Soléal’ 

Marina Marina Marina 

Marina 

Open Air Bar 

Open Air Bar 

Open Air Bar 

Open Air Bar 

Pool 

Pool 

Pool 

Pool 

Pool 

Fitness 

Fitness 

Sauna 

Sauna 

Fitness Sauna 


Stream 

Showers 

Showers Room 



Fitness Sauna 

Stream 

Stream 

Room 

Room 


Salon MassageStream Room 

Fitness 

Salon 

Massage 

Sauna Showers and 

Stream Room 

Salon Massage 

Salon MassageShowers and 

Salon Massage 

Theatre 

Stream Room 

Theatre 

Theatre 

Theatre 

Theatre 

Bar 

Bar 

Bar 

Bar 

Club 

Club Lounge 

Lounge 

Shop 


Shop 


Shop 

Club Lounge 

Shop 

The 


Restaurant 




Grill 

Grill 

Grill 

Grill 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Grill 

Lift 

Photo Desk 

Photo 

Photo 

Desk 

Desk 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Photo Desk 

Photo Desk 

Photo Desk 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Lift 

Leisure 

Leisure Area 

Area 

Leisure Area 

Leisure Area 

Leisure Area 

Excursion 

Excursion Desk 

Desk 

Excursion 


Excursion 


Desk 

Excursion 

Reception 

Desk 

Desk 

Reception 

Desk 

Reception 

Desk 

Zodiac 

Sun 

Zodiac 

Deck 

Zodiac 

Sun 

Zodiac 

Deck Sun 

Deck Sun 

Zodiac 

Deck 

Zodiac 

Sun 

Zodiac 

Deck Sun 

Deck 

Zodiac 

Zodiac 

614 612 610 608 606 604 602 

Panoramic Panoramic 

614 612 610 608 606 604 602 Internet 

614 612 610 608 606 604 602 

Lounge Terrace 

614 611612 609 610 607 608 606 605 604 603 601 Panoramic Panoramic 

602 Internet Library Panoramic Lounge Panoramic Terrace 

614 611612 609 610 607 608 60605 604 603 601 602 Internet Panoramic Lounge Panoramic Terrace 

614 611612 609 610 607 608 60605 604 603 601 602 Internet Library Lounge Terrace 

611 609 607 605 603 601 Panoramic Panoramic 

Library 

Internet Panoramic Lounge Panoramic Terrace 

Internet Library 

611 609 607 605 603 601 Lounge Terrace 

611 609 607 605 603 601 Library 

536 534 532 530 528 524 520 516 512 Library508 506 504 502 

536 534 532 530 528 524 520 516 512 508 506 504 502 Bridge 

536 534 532 530 528 524 520 516 512 508 506 504 502 

536 539 534 537 532 53530 528 531 524 527 520 523 519 516 515 512 509 507 508 505 506 503 504 502 501 Bridge 

Bridge 

536 539 534 537 532 53530 528 531 524 527 520 523 519 516 515 512 509 507 508 505 506 503 504 502 501 

536 534 532 530 528 524 520 516 512 508 506 504 502 Bridge 

539 537 535 531 527 523 519 515 509 507 505 503 501 

539 537 535 531 527 523 519 515 509 507 505 503 501 Bridge 

Bridge 

539 537 535 531 527 523 519 515 509 507 505 503 501 

539 537 535 531 527 523 519 515 509 507 505 503 501 

434 432 430 428 426 424 422 420 418 416 414 412 410 408 406 404 402 

434 432 430 428 426 424 422 420 418 416 414 412 410 408 406 404 402 

434 432 430 428 426 424 422 420 418 416 414 412 410 408 406 404 402 

437 434 435 432 430 433 428 431 426 429 424 427 422 425 420 423 418 421 416 419 414 417 415 412 410 411 409 408 407 405 406 403 404 401 402 

437 434 435 432 430 433 428 431 426 429 424 427 422 425 420 423 418 421 416 419 414 417 415 412 410 411 409 408 407 405 406 403 404 401 402 

437 434 435 432 430 433 428 431 426 429 424 427 422 425 420 423 418 421 416 419 414 417 415 412 410 411 409 408 407 405 406 403 404 401 402 

437 435 433 431 429 427 425 423 421 419 417 415 411 409 407 405 403 401 

437 435 433 431 429 427 425 423 421 419 417 415 411 409 407 405 403 401 

437 435 433 431 429 427 425 423 421 419 417 415 411 409 407 405 403 401 

334 332 330 328 326 324 322 320 318 316 314 312 310 308 

334 332 330 328 326 324 322 320 318 316 314 312 310 308 

334 332 330 328 326 324 322 320 318 316 314 312 310 308 

334 337 335 332 330 333 328 331 326 329 324 327 322 325 320 323 318 321 316 319 314 317 312 315 310 311 308 309 

334 337 335 332 330 333 328 331 326 329 324 327 322 325 320 323 318 321 316 319 314 317 312 315 310 311 308 309 

334 337 335 332 330 333 328 331 326 329 324 327 322 325 320 323 318 321 316 319 314 317 312 315 310 311 308 309 

337 335 333 331 329 327 325 323 321 319 317 315 311 309 

337 335 333 331 329 327 325 323 321 319 317 315 311 309 

337 335 333 331 329 327 325 323 321 319 317 315 311 309 

Bar 

Bar 

Bar 

Bar 

Bar 

Bar 

n Category 3 Premier Stateroom 

n Category 2 Deluxe Stateroom 

n Category 1 Classic Stateroom 

Zodiac 

Zodiac 

Zodiac 

Zodiac 

Zodiac 

Zodiac 

Zodiac 

Zodiac 

Zodiac 

Sun 

Deck 

Sun 

Deck 

Sun 

Deck 

Sun 

Deck 

Sun 

Deck 

n Category 4 Superior Stateroom 

n Category 3 Premier Stateroom 

n Category 2 Deluxe Stateroom 

n Category 1 Classic Stateroom 

Medical 

Centre 

Medical 

Medical Centre 


Centre 

Medical 


Centre 

Zodiac 

626 622 618 614 610 604 602 

626 622 618 614 610 604 

602 

626 622 618 614 610 604 602 

Panoramic 

Panoramic 

Panoramic 

Panoramic 

Internet 

626 622 618 614 610 604 602 

Panoramic 

Lounge 

Lounge 

Panoramic 

Terrace 

Terrace 

Internet 

625 623 619 615 609 605 603 601 

625 

623 619 615 609 605 603 601 Library InternetPanoramic 

Lounge Panoramic Terrace 

62625 

623 622 618 619 614 615 609 610 605604 

603 602 601 

Library 

Internet Lounge Terrace 

Library 

625 623 619 615 609 605 603 601 Panoramic Panoramic 

Internet Library Lounge Terrace 

625 623 619 615 609 605 603 601 

Library 

536 534 532 530 528 524 520 516 512 508 506 504 502 

536 534 532 530 528 524 520 516 512 508 506 504 

502 

536 534 532 530 528 524 520 516 512 508 506 504 502 

Bridge 

Bridge 

539 536 537 534 532 53530 531 528 527 524 523 520 519 516 515 512 509 507 508 505 506 503 504 501 502 

Bridge 

539 537 535 531 527 523 519 515 509 

507 505 503 

501 

536 539 534 537 532 53530 528 531 524 527 520 523 516 519 512 515 509 507 508 505 506 503 504 502 501 Bridge 

539 537 535 531 527 523 519 515 509 507 505 503 501 Bridge 

539 537 535 531 527 523 519 515 509 507 505 503 501 

434 432 430 428 426 424 422 420 418 416 414 412 410 408 434 432 430 428 426 424 422 420 418 416 414 412 410 408 

406 404 402 

406 404 402 

434 432 430 428 426 424 422 420 418 416 414 412 410 408 406 404 402 

437 434435 432433 430431 428429 426427 424 425 422423 420 421 418 419 416 417 414 415 412 411 410 409 408 407 405 406403 404401 

402 

437 435 433 431 429 427 425 423 421 419 417 415 411 409 407 

405 403 401 

437 434 435 432 430 433 428 431 426 429 424 427 422 425 420 423 418 421 416 419 414 417 415 412 410 411 409 408 407 405 406 403 404 401 402 

437 435 433 431 429 427 425 423 421 419 417 415 411 409 407 405 403 401 

437 435 433 431 429 427 425 423 421 419 417 415 411 409 407 405 403 401 

334 332 330 328 326 324 322 320 318 316 314 312 310 308 

334 332 330 328 326 324 322 320 318 316 314 312 310 308 

334 332 330 328 326 324 322 320 318 316 314 312 310 308 

337 334 335 332 333 330 331 328 329 326 327 324 325 322 323 320 321 318 319 316 317 314 315 312 311 310 309 308 

337 335 333 331 329 327 325 323 321 319 317 315 311 309 

334 337 335 332 330 333 328 331 326 329 324 327 322 325 320 323 318 321 316 319 314 317 312 315 310 311 308 309 

337 335 333 331 329 327 325 323 321 319 317 315 311 309 

337 335 333 331 329 327 325 323 321 319 317 315 311 309 

Bar 

Bar 

Bar 

Bar 

Bar 

Medical 


Medical 

Centre 

Medical 

Centre 

Centre 

Medical 

Centre 

AMENITIES ON 

A&K CHARTERS 

33 

Private balcony with every guest 

stateroom and suite 

33 

Complimentary butler service with 

every suite (includes welcome 

champagne, nightly canapés, 

packing/unpacking, etc. on request) 

33 

Stateroom and suite amenities 

include a hairdryer, large wardrobe 

and ample storage, safe, alarm clock, 

and Hermès bath products 

33 

Stateroom and suite electricity: 220v 

outlets – Europe 2-prong style (plus 

two 110/220 U.S. outlets) 

33 

Sun deck and multiple outer deck 

observation areas 

33 

Outside heated pool 

33 

Library with selection of books 

and games 

33 

Open bar with beer, wine, spirits, 

cocktails, soft drinks, coffee, tea, and 

mineral water (excludes premium 

wines and spirits) 

33 

Two lounges with bars: club with 

live music and a panoramic lounge 

with terrace 

33 

Two restaurants: main, 

and indoor/outdoor grill 

33 

Complimentary 24-hour 

room service 

33 

Complimentary in-cabin breakfast 

(on request) 

33 

Three passenger lifts 

33 

Fitness centre with Kinesis ® wall 

33 

Spa with salon, sauna, and steam 

room 

33 

Theatre with comfortable seating 

for all guests 

33 

Boutique shop 

33 

24-hour medical facilities with 

certified doctor 

33 

A&K’s complimentary Traveller’s 

Valet SM laundry service up to eight 

items (additional laundry available) 

33 

Complimentary wifi (due to remote 

destinations, access and speed 

may vary) 


Antarctica, South Georgia 

& the Falkland Islands 

LUXURY 

EXPEDITION 

CRUISES 


This once-in-a-lifetime voyage to the White Continent follows in the footsteps 

of Sir Ernest Shackleton, offering excursions to incredible wildlife watching 

destinations among many other entertaining and enriching experiences 


›› 

Be sure of a balcony 

stateroom aboard Le Lyrial 

›› 

Join A&K’s renowned 

expedition team 

›› 

Explore South Georgia 

and visit Sir Ernest 

Shackleton’s gravesite 

›› 

Depart on 17 December 

to enjoy workshops, 

events, and excursions 

led by dedicated Young 

Explorers’ guides 

INCLUSIONS 

33 


33 

Award-winning expedition team 

33 


& return transfers 

33 

Domestic flight from 

Buenos Aires to Ushuaia 

33 



33 

Onboard welcome & farewell 

dinners 

33 


& 15 dinners 

33 


(where available) 

33 

Traveller’s Valet SM 


Ask us for more details of our full range 

of award-winning polar cruises. 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

AIR 

CRUISE 

EXTENSION 

Ushuaia 

Deception 


ARGENTINA 


Arrive in Argentina’s capital city and transfer 

to your hotel. Enjoy time at leisure before 

joining fellow travellers tonight for a 

welcome reception. 

Park Hyatt Palacio Duhau 

Port Stanley 

DRAKE 

PASSAGE 

ANTARCTICA 

Buenos Aires 


With its wide boulevards and classical 

buildings, romantic and exciting Buenos 

Aires is charged with a distinctive energy. 

Explore its best treasures with expert A&K 

local guides, choosing from a selection 

of included excursions. Explore the city 

on a guided tour complete with a tango 

demonstration. Or you can spend a full day 

at an authentic estancia (ranch), complete 

with a local lunch. Alternatively, dive into a 

burgeoning art scene on a guided tour focused 

on Buenos Aires’ street art. Tonight, enjoy the 

evening at your leisure. 

Park Hyatt Palacio Duhau | Meals: B L 

Iguazu Falls 

South Georgia 


South Shetland 

Islands 

Antarctic Sound 

DAY 3: Ushuaia 

Fly to the port city of Ushuaia, located at the 

southern tip of South America. On arrival, 

enjoy lunch at the Arakur Ushuaia Resort. 

Time and weather permitting, you can take 

a nature walk in the Cerro Alarken Nature 

Reserve, or simply relax with a coffee in front 

of views of Ushuaia and the Beagle Channel. 

Later, board Le Lyrial and settle into your 

cabin with a private balcony. Throughout your 

journey, benefit from insightful enrichment 

programmes both aboard and on shore, and 

an expedition team that is second to none. 

Le Lyrial | Meals: B L D 

DAY 4: Cruising the South Atlantic 

As you sail east toward the Falkland Islands, 

your expedition team begins an informal 

series of daily discussions on the flora and 

fauna, geology, and history of the region. 

These expert lectures span diverse topics, 

such as seabirds and penguin of the Southern 

Ocean, the formation of sea ice over thousands 

of years, and personal accounts of living and 

working in Antarctica. Enjoy time with A&K’s 

resident photo coach too, and observe the 

waters from the deck for marine mammals 

hunting the rich krill population here. 


DAY 5: Port Stanley, Falkland Islands 

Today, Le Lyrial arrives in the remote 

Falkland Islands, where you can spend the 

day exploring. This may include a visit to 

Stanley, the tiny colourful capital, where you 

can stroll its charming streets and explore its 

surrounding wilderness areas. Alternatively, 


POLAR 

ANTARCTICA 

north for her return to Ushuaia. Enjoy more 

opportunities to observe birds and marine life 

while reflecting on an incredible journey with 

fellow passengers and new friends. 


discover the south-east islands of Sea Lion and 

Bleaker, home to unspoiled wildlife habitats. 


DAYS 6 & 7: Cruising the South 

Atlantic 

As you approach South Georgia, deck-side 

sightings of whale and other wildlife become 

more frequent. Time spent cruising is once 

again filled with informative lectures and 

casual talks with your guides, leaving your 

knowledge of the region greatly enhanced. 

Scan the seas to spot marine mammals and 

seabirds, as the ship cruises the nutrient-rich 

waters past the islands of Shag Rocks. 


DAYS 8-10: South Georgia 

South Georgia is a nearly submerged 

continuation of the Andes mountain range, 

and your days here are spent exploring its 

glacier-carved coves and rugged shores. While 

weather and ice conditions determine the 

schedule, stops may include Eleshul Bay to 

see nesting wandering albatross, as well as 

Salisbury Plain, St Andrews Bay, and Gold 

Harbour, all three of which are home to 

vast colonies of king penguin and southern 

elephant seal. You may also visit Ernest 

Shackleton’s gravesite in Grytviken 

alongside your onboard historian, 

an expert on the great explorer’s life. 


DAYS 11 & 12: Cruising the Scotia Sea 

During your time navigating the Scotia 

Sea – abundant with marine mammals and 

fish – your enrichment specialists recap 

your adventures in South Georgia. During 

additional lectures, learn more about the 

seventh continent, from its terrain to the 

hardy wildlife that inhabits it. Ensuring 

your experience reaches far beyond that 

of everyday travellers, ongoing, informative 

discussions with your expedition team lend 

further context. 


DAYS 13-15: Antarctica 

Conditions permitting, your itinerary calls 

for landings on the Antarctic Peninsula 

and a number of South Shetland Islands, 

which may include Half Moon, Penguin, 

and Deception. You may also visit Cuverville 

and Goudier islands, Paradise Bay, and the 

Lemaire Channel, called ‘Kodak Alley’ for its 

photogenic scenery. Further adventures may 

include Wilhelmina Bay, noted for its prolific 

humpback whale activity. The 17 December 

departure features an unforgettable New Year’s 

Eve celebration onboard to cap off a final day 

of exploration on the White Continent. 


DAYS 16 & 17: Cruising the Drake 

Passage 

Bid farewell to Antarctica as Le Lyrial points 

DAY 18: Depart Ushuaia 

After breakfast, disembark your luxury 

expedition ship in Ushuaia. Transfer to the 

airport for your return flight to Buenos Aires, 

from where you will set off for home. 

Meals: B 


GUARANTEED 

DEPARTURE 

DATE (2019) 

PER 

PERSON 

FROM 


Price is based on classic balcony stateroom. 

Upgraded cabin prices are on request. 

SINGLE 

SUPP. 

FROM 

DECEMBER: 

17 £18,520 £13,370 

GUARANTEED 

DEPARTURE 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

SINGLE 

SUPP. 

FROM 

JANUARY: 

1 £19,295 £13,950 

FLIGHTS 


offers, we don’t include any flights. Our specialists will 

be able to find the best travel options to suit you. 


EXTENSIONS 

Iguazu Falls pre-tour extension 

– from £1,575pp 




Arctic Cruise Adventure: 

Norway, Greenland & Iceland 

LUXURY 

EXPEDITION 

CRUISES 


Hardened adventurers with a taste for luxury will relish this expedition to 

some of the planet’s remotest regions, sighting iconic Arctic wildlife, 

intriguing ancient sites, and striking natural phenomena 

SVALBARD ISLANDS 


›› 

Join A&K’s renowned 

expedition team 

›› 

Enjoy luxury amenities 

on board 

›› 

Explore many Arctic 

habitats, including the 

polar bear domain of 

Norway’s pristine 

Svalbard Islands 

›› 

Visit stunning Scoresby 

Sound, Iceland’s 

Langjökull glacier 

and the Westman Islands 

›› 

Benefit from expert 

photography programming 

INCLUSIONS 

33 


33 

Award-winning expedition team 

33 


& return transfers 

33 

Domestic flight from Oslo 

to Longyearbyen 

33 



33 


33 


& 13 dinners 

33 


(where available) 

33 

Traveller’s Valet SM 

GREENLAND 

Hornstrandir 

Nature Reserve 

Scoresby 

Sound 

DAY 1: Arrive Oslo, Norway 

Say “hallo” to Oslo, Norway’s capital city and 

your gateway to the Arctic. On arrival, you’re 

met and escorted to your hotel. This evening, 

join your fellow guests for a jovial welcome 

cocktail reception. 

Radisson Blu Airport 

DAY 2: Longyearbyen 

Board an early morning charter flight to 

Longyearbyen on Spitsbergen Island, the 

unofficial capital of Svalbard. This Arctic 

archipelago is ruled by Norway, and is one 

of the remotest island groups on the planet, 

with nearly two-thirds of its surface covered 

in luminous glaciers. Tour the tiny town and 

its Arctic Museum. This afternoon, board your 

expedition cruiser. 

Le Boreal | Meals: B L D 

SPITSBERGEN 

Longyearbyen 

GREENLAND 

SEA 

Akranes ICELAND 

Reykjavík NORWEGIAN 

Westman Islands SEA 

ARRIVE/DEPART 

NORWAY 

AIR 

Oslo 

CRUISE 

EXTENSION 

DAYS 3-6: Svalbard Islands 

Few have the opportunity to observe the 

remote Svalbard Islands, but you can go on 

twice daily excursions on land or by Zodiac 

boat, led by our knowledgeable expedition 

team and enrichment specialists. In this 

archipelago, polar bear, walrus, Svalbard 

reindeer, and a rich variety of birds abound. 

Cathedrals of ice and mountain peaks 

populate the landscape, which comes alive 

with diminutive flora under summer’s 

midnight sun. Your captain and expedition 

team will plan activities dependent on 

weather, sea, ice, and wildlife conditions. Daily 

excursions may include these spectacular areas: 

Magdalenefjorden 

A stunning fjord which straddles blue-hued 

glaciers and deep crevasses. Often frequented 

by walrus and rare seabirds, this ‘glacier coast’ 

provides magnificent views of the slowmoving 

ice masses. 

Ny-Ålesund 

Once an Arctic-expedition launch point, 

meteorology, seismology and many other 

sciences are now studied at Ny-Ålesund’s 

research station. You may visit the museum, 

gallery and the world’s northernmost post office. 

Hinlopen Strait 

Navigate this passageway between Spitsbergen 

and the island of Nordaustlandet, arriving at 

Alkefjellet, or ‘auk cliff ’. This towering rock 

face drops directly into the sea, housing large 

colonies of auk. 

Wahlbergøya 

In the centre of the southern entrance to 

Hinlopen Strait, this island (named after 

Swedish botanist Peter Fredrik Wahlberg) 

is a favourite summer haul-out for walrus. 

Monaco Bay and Glacier 

Located in north-west Spitsbergen, Monaco 

Bay is frequented by a variety of wildlife 

populations, including polar bear, walrus, and 

bearded seal, as well as a multitude of seabirds. 


country. Disembark for an adventurous visit 

aboard special expedition trucks, stopping 

en route at the shimmering waterfall of 

Hraunfossar before arriving at the entrance 

to Langjökull. Explore the labyrinth of ice 

tunnels and caves, all revealing breathtaking 

shades of blue and depths of ice. Following 

lunch in nearby Húsafell, return this afternoon 

to Akranes to board Le Boreal. 


POLAR 

ARCTIC 

DAY 14: Westman Islands 

Visit Westman Islands (Vestmannaeyjar), a 

rock-studded, volcanically active archipelago 

on Iceland’s south coast. Explore Heimaey, 

home to diverse populations of seabirds 

including the iconic puffin which flock here in 

eight million-strong groups. Observe Eldfell 

(‘Mount Fire’), a new mountain created during 

a 1973 eruption. Discover a local village, 

seeing Viking buildings which date back 

to 650 AD, and enjoy the panorama from 

Helgafell. Conditions permitting, view Surtsey 

Island, a volcanic island formed in the 1960s 

by an underwater eruption and protected as a 

UNESCO World Heritage Site ever since. 


DAY 15: Depart Reykjavík 

This morning, disembark Le Boreal in 

Reykjavík and transfer to the airport to return 

home, or continue to explore Iceland with a 

Reykjavík extension. 

Meals: B 


GUARANTEED 

DEPARTURE 


PER 

PERSON 

FROM 

SINGLE 

SUPP. 

FROM 

Liefdefjorden (The Love Fjord) 

In northern Svalbard, this bay is excellent for 

spotting polar bear and other wildlife. 


DAYS 7 & 8: Cruising the Arctic 

Ocean 

As Le Boreal plies toward Greenland, spend 

the day at sea with new friends and the 

expedition team, who continue engaging, 

exciting discussions and lectures that promise 

an enlightening experience while you cruise. 


DAYS 9 & 10: Greenland 

For the next two days, explore the rarely 

visited east coast of Greenland and Scoresby 

Sound, the largest and longest fjord system in 

the world. Embark on thrilling, twice-daily 

Zodiac excursions, taking in islands and 

icebergs as you search for common residents 

such as musk ox and reindeer. Throughout 

your exploration, informed enrichment 

specialists impart in-depth knowledge 

about the region. Ice conditions permitting, 

disembark to visit Ittoqqortoormiit, a small 

settlement founded in 1925 and one of the 

most isolated villages in Greenland. 


DAY 11: Cruising the Denmark Strait 

Enjoy a relaxing day at sea, cruising the 

narrow strip of water that separates Greenland 

from Iceland, and connects the Arctic Sea 

with the Atlantic Ocean. Continue exciting 

conversations with your expedition team and 

enrichment specialists, and watch for seabirds 

and whale from the deck in between the 

insightful lectures your experts present. 


DAY 12: Iceland’s West Fjords 

Today, explore the spectacular, unspoiled 

wilderness of Iceland’s remote West Fjords. 

Designated as a nature reserve in 1975 and 

free of any roads, Hornstrandir still appears 

as it would have when the Vikings first arrived. 

Your treks this morning reveal tranquil 

wildflower meadows, striking waterfalls, 

and other geological features. This afternoon, 

visit the small village of Hesteyri, where 

you’re welcomed by the local villagers. 


DAY 13: Akranes 

The glacier-carved West Fjords continue to 

provide a scenic backdrop as you journey to 

Langjökull, the second highest glacier in the 

J U LY: 

15 £13,140 £9,600 


Price is based on classic stateroom. Upgraded suite 

prices are on request. 

FLIGHTS 


we don’t include any flights. Our specialists will be able 

to find the best travel options to suit you. 


Ask us for more details of our full range 

of award-winning polar cruises. 


EXTENSIONS 

Reykjavík post-tour extension – 





TERMS & CONDITIONS 

The Terms and Conditions apply to group journeys including, 

Immersive Journeys, Luxury Small Group Journeys, Small Group 

Journeys, Luxury Expedition Cruises and Group Pre/Post Tour 

Extensions departing between 1 January, 2019 and 31 December, 

2020. Your contract is with Abercrombie & Kent Limited ‘the 

Company’ of St George’s House, Ambrose Street, Cheltenham, 

Glos. GL50 3LG, which is registered in England under company 

number 1082430. The following conditions, together with our 

Privacy Policy, the relevant information set out in this brochure and 

on our website and any other written information we brought to 

your attention before we confirmed your booking, will form part of 

your contract with the Company. Please read them carefully before 

you book. 

By making a booking, the first named person on the booking agrees 

on behalf of all persons detailed on the booking that: 

a. he/she has read these Booking Conditions and has the authority to 

and does agree to be bound by them; 

b. he/she consents to our use of information personal data in 

accordance with our Privacy Policy and is authorised on behalf of 

all persons named on the booking to disclose their personal details 

to us, including where applicable, special categories of data (such 

as information on health conditions or disabilities and dietary 

requirements); 

c. he/she is over 18 years of age and where placing an order for services 

with age restrictions declares that he/she and all members of the party 

are of the appropriate age to purchase those services; 

d. he/she accepts financial responsibility for payment of the booking 

on behalf of all persons detailed on the booking. 

1. BOOKING YOUR HOLIDAY 

(a) Our aim is to provide the right holiday to suit your requirements. 

You can call us on +44 (0)1242 547 892 or email: info@ 

abercrombiekent.co.uk to discuss or make a booking and provide you 

with a price per person. In order to maintain our customer services 

standards and to assist with the ongoing training of our staff we may 

record or monitor our telephone conversations or emails with you. 

(b) To secure your booking we require a deposit, typically the amount 

set out below. Some suppliers and holidays may require higher deposits 

at the time of booking. You will be notified of these requirements 

before you pay your deposit. 

Deposit per person required at time of booking 

Immersive Journeys = £500 per person 

Luxury Small Group Journeys & Small Group Journeys = £750 per person 

Luxury Expedition Cruises = £2,500 per person 

Payment can be made by cheque, bank transfer or by most major 

credit cards in favour of Abercrombie & Kent Limited. If, for any 

reason, we do not accept your booking your deposit will be returned. 

(c) Many airlines now require the full name of all passengers travelling. 

We will therefore ask you at the time of booking to confirm the 

number of members in your party and to provide us with the first 

forename (as shown in each passport) as well as the title and surname 

of each member. 

(d) Special Requests, such as diet, room location, twin or doublebedded 

room, a particular facility or flight seat which are an important 

factor in the choice of holiday, should be indicated in writing at the 

time of booking. We will pass your request on to the hotel or airline 

but cannot guarantee that it will be accommodated. We will also 

pass on any dietary requests to airlines but we recommend that you 

check directly with the airline once your tickets have been issued. 

The Company will try to arrange for Special Requests to be met, but 

cannot guarantee that they will be, nor will the Company be liable if 

any Special Request is not met. The provision of any Special Request 

does not constitute a term of your contract with us unless we have 

confirmed in writing that your requirement will be met. Most hotels 

allow check-in to take place during the mid-afternoon. Should you 

wish to have a guaranteed room ready for your immediate check-in 

upon arrival, it can be arranged for an additional charge. Please ask 

A&K for details and prices. 

(e) On receipt of your correct deposit we will book your arrangements 

and issue a Confirmation Invoice. A contract will come into existence 

on the date on which we issue a Confirmation Invoice. If your 

confirmed arrangements include a flight, we (or if you booked via an 

authorised agent of ours, that agent) will also issue you with an ATOL 

Certificate. 

(f) It is important for you to check the details on the Confirmation, 

and ATOL Certificate where applicable, as soon as you get it, as 

these set out the services we have agreed to provide. In the event of 

any discrepancy please contact us immediately. If you arrange your 

holiday direct with the Company all correspondence and other 

communications will be sent to the address of the person who made 

the initial payment unless you specify otherwise. If you request 

correspondence through a business address, a residential address will 

also be required for emergency and security reasons. 

(g) If your booking is made through a travel agent, the Company will 

address all communications to that travel agent, who will act as agent 

for you in regard to all communications from us to you. All monies 

paid by you to a travel agent under or in contemplation of this contract 

will be held by the travel agent for the Company until such monies are 

forwarded to the Company. 

(h) Final payment of the cost of your arrangements is due 90 days 

prior to departure. For select Journeys indicated below* final payment 

is due 120 days prior to departure. If your reservation is made within 

this period, the entire cost of the trip must be paid at the time of the 

request in order to secure confirmation. If it is not paid in time, we 

reserve the right to treat your booking as cancelled by you in which 

case the cancellation charges set out in clause 2 below will become 

payable. An additional £600 per person non-refundable permit fee is 

required at time of booking for the Uganda extension tour. 

*Select Journeys: A Naturalist’s Guide to Madagascar; Ultimate 

Arctic Adventure; Antarctica, South Georgia & the Falklands Islands, 

Myanmar & the Irrawaddy; India Wildlife Safari; Legends of the East 

by Rail; Mongolia: Naadam Festival; Southern Africa Safari by River 

& Rail, Taj Mahal & the Treasures of India, Cruising the Mekong: 

Indochina & Angkor Wat; Churchill: Belugas & Bears; and related pre/ 

post-tour extensions, or any other Journey and related pre/post-tour 

extension indicated to you at the point of booking. 

2. AMENDMENTS & CANCELLATION 

(a) Amendments by you 

The Company will make every effort to assist you if you wish to alter 

your arrangements, but it may not always be possible. Requests for 

an amendment must be in writing, signed by the person who made 

the initial payment. If it is possible to make the amendment, it will be 

subject to an amendment charge of £50 per booking, together with all 

communication charges or other expenses incurred by the Company 

as a result of the change. These charges will be payable whether or not 

the Company succeeds in confirming your requested amendment. 

Scheduled airlines normally regard name changes as a cancellation 

and rebooking, and any alteration may incur a 100% cancellation 

charge in respect of the air fare. Please note that save for the transfer 

of a booking, it will not be possible to make changes within 28 days 

of your departure date. Your request may be treated as a cancellation 

and re-booking and the normal cancellation charges detailed in clause 

2(b) below will apply dependent upon the conditions imposed by our 

suppliers. 

If you wish to change your arrangements whilst on your holiday, all 

costs are payable by you. 

(b) Transfers of Booking 

If you or any member of your party is prevented from travelling, that 

person(s) may transfer their place to someone else, subject to the 

following conditions: 

a. that person is introduced by you and satisfies all the conditions 

applicable to the holiday; 

b. we are notified not less than seven (7) days before departure; 

c. you pay any outstanding balance payment, an amendment fee of £50 

per person transferring, as well as any additional fees, charges or other 

costs arising from the transfer; and 

d. the transferee agrees to these booking conditions and all other terms 

of the contract between us. 

e. flight tickets may not be able to be transferred in which case a 

replacement ticket for the transferee would need to be purchased. 

You and the transferee remain jointly and severally liable for payment 

of all sums. If you are unable to find a replacement, cancellation 

charges as set out in clause 2(c) will apply in order to cover our 

estimated costs. Otherwise, no refunds will be given for passengers not 

travelling or for unused services. 

(c) Cancellation by you 

All cancellations must be advised in writing, signed by the person 

who made the initial payment and sent to the Company at St George’s 

House, Ambrose Street, Cheltenham, Glos. GL50 3LG. Cancellations 

are effective on the date they are received by the Company. Recorded 

delivery is strongly recommended. Since we incur costs in cancelling 

your travel arrangements, the following cancellation charges will be 

payable, depending upon the number of days prior to departure the 

Company receives your notice of cancellation. 

STANDARD CANCELLATION FEES PER PERSON 

91 days prior to date of departure or more = Loss of deposit 

90-61 days prior to date of departure = 25% of total holiday cost 


30 days prior to date of departure or less = 100% of total holiday cost 

Select Journeys listed above and related Group Pre/Post Tour 

Extensions 

121 days prior to date of departure or more = Loss of deposit 



60 days prior to date of departure or less = 100% of total holiday cost 

We will deduct the cancellation charge(s) from any monies you have 

already paid to us. 

Important Note: Certain arrangements may not be amended 

after they have been confirmed and any alteration or cancellation 

could incur a cancellation charge of up to 100% of that part of the 

arrangements in addition to the charge above. 

Partial Room Cancellation: If a guest cancels or leaves a journey and 

a roommate remains, an additional supplement may apply to the price 

for the remaining guest. 

Please note that at certain times of year, for example peak season, or for 

certain products, for example some game lodges and cruises, stricter 

cancellation conditions may apply. Any such revised conditions will 

be notified to you prior to booking. We strongly recommend that you 

secure adequate travel insurance as per clause 6 below. 

(d) Cancellation by You due to Unavoidable & Extraordinary 

Circumstances: 

You have the right to cancel your confirmed holiday before departure 

without paying a cancellation charge in the event of “unavoidable and 

extraordinary circumstances” occurring at your holiday destination 

or its immediate vicinity and significantly affecting the performance 

of the holiday or significantly affecting the transport arrangements 

to the destination. In these circumstances, we shall provide you with 

a full refund of the monies you have paid but we will not be liable to 

pay you any additional compensation. Please note that your right to 

cancel in these circumstances will only apply where the Foreign and 

Commonwealth Office advises against travel to your destination or 

its immediate vicinity. For the purposes of this clause, “unavoidable 

and extraordinary circumstances” means warfare, acts of terrorism, 

significant risks to human health such as the outbreak of serious 

disease at the travel destination or natural disasters such as floods, 

earthquakes or weather conditions which make it impossible to travel 

safely to the travel destination. 

(e) Re-booking following a cancellation 

Should you wish to cancel a holiday and re-book an alternative 

this will be subject to the cancellation terms within these booking 

conditions. If the alternative booking requires a greater deposit than 

has already been paid (after deducting cancellation fees) then the 

balance between what is required as a deposit and any deposits sums 

already paid becomes due. 

(f) Accuracy of information 

We check the information which we provide about our holidays very 

carefully. However, tour, excursion or cruise itineraries may change as 

a result of local conditions. Circumstances such as these, or weather 

conditions, may cause some of the amenities we have described to be 

unavailable or different from those advertised. When we are told of any 

significant or long-term changes we will always endeavour to advise 

you prior to your departure. 

128 Call 01242 547 892, visit abercrombiekent.co.uk/escortedtours, or speak to one of our trusted travel agent partners 

(g) Amendments by the Company 

Great care is taken to ensure that the description and prices given 

in our brochures and on our website are accurate at the time of 

publication. However, changes can occur, and the Company reserves 

the right to change any of the details in company literature, including 

prices, in which case the Company will advise you of any such change 

before accepting your booking. After a Confirmation Invoice has 

been issued, the Company makes every effort to operate all holidays 

as advertised. We plan arrangements a long time in advance of your 

holiday using independent suppliers such as airlines, hotels, local 

transport operators and guides, over whom we have no direct control. 

In very rare circumstances, the Company may have to modify a 

holiday before you depart. Most of these changes are insignificant. 

If we make an insignificant change to your holiday, we will make 

reasonable efforts to inform you or your travel agent as soon as 

reasonably possible if there is time before your departure but we will 

have no liability to you. Examples of insignificant changes include 

alteration of your outward/return flights by less than 12 hours, changes 

to aircraft type, change of accommodation to another of the same or 

higher standard and changes of carriers. 

Occasionally we may have to make a significant change to your 

confirmed arrangements. Examples of “significant changes” include 

the following, when made before departure: a change of flight time 

by more than 12 hours, a change of international airport (except 

between airports serving the same city), a change of destination or a 

change to a lower standard accommodation, and/or price. If we have 

to make a significant change we will tell you as soon as possible and if 

there is time to do so before departure, we will provide you with three 

alternatives. You may accept the modification, you may change your 

booking to another available and comparable holiday, or you may 

cancel and receive a full and prompt refund. If you choose another 

holiday which is cheaper, the Company will make the appropriate 

refund. 

You must notify us of your choice within seven (7) days of our offer. 

If we do not hear from you within seven (7) days, we will contact 

you again to request notification of your choice. If you fail to respond 

again, we will assume that you have chosen to accept the change or 

alternative booking arrangements. 

If you cancel and receive a full refund following a significant change 

made for any reason other than Force Majeure or Low Bookings you 

will receive the following compensation, calculated according to the 

number of days prior to departure that you are notified of the change. 

Compensation when Notification of Change is sent 

Days prior to Departure Compensation Per Person 

More than 42 days £10 

29 - 42 days prior £20 

15 - 28 days prior £25 

0 - 14 days prior £30 

*IMPORTANT NOTE: We will not pay you compensation in the 

following circumstances: 

(a) where we make an insignificant change; 

(b) where we make a significant change or cancel your arrangements 

more than 91 days before departure (or 121 days in the case of the 

select journeys listed in clause 1(h), above, and related Group Pre/Post 

Tour Extensions and Ultimate Arctic Adventures); 

(c) where we make a significant change and you accept those changed 

arrangements or you accept an offer of alternative travel arrangements; 

(d) where we have to cancel your arrangements as a result of your 

failure to make full payment on time; 

(e) where the change or cancellation by us arises out of alterations to 

the confirmed booking requested by you; and 

(f) where we are forced to cancel or change your arrangements due to 

Force Majeure. 

Force Majeure has the meaning set out in clause 16. 

‘Low Bookings’ means that an insufficient number of people have 

booked the arrangements to make their operation financially viable in 

the advertised form. 

If there is an insignificant change before you depart (that is, any change 

not included in the definition of a significant change set out above), the 

Company will try to notify you, although it is not obliged to pay any 

compensation. lf the Company becomes unable to provide a significant 

proportion of your holiday after it has commenced, every effort will be 

made to provide suitable alternative arrangements, which will be made 

for you at no extra charge to you (save in the case of Force Majeure) 

or, alternatively, you will be returned to your point of departure 

and the company will, where appropriate, pay compensation. No 

compensation is payable in the case of Force Majeure. 

(h) Cancellation by the Company 

We reserve the right in any circumstances to cancel your holiday for 

any reason, subject to commitments in 2(g). However, we will not 

cancel your hotel arrangement less than 90 days before your departure 

date, except for reasons of Force Majeure or failure by you to pay the 

final balance. If you fail to pay the balance of the holiday price at least 

90 days before departure, the Company will treat your booking as 

cancelled and levy the cancellation charges set out in clause 2(c). If the 

Company is obliged to cancel your holiday in any other circumstances 

before departure, the Company will use its best endeavours to offer 

alternative arrangements of equivalent or very closely similar standard 

and price, if available; travel arrangements of a lower standard and a 

refund of the difference in price; or will give you a full and prompt 

refund of all monies paid. In addition, unless the cancellation has 

been caused by Force Majeure, failure by you to pay the final balance 

or Low Bookings, the Company will pay you compensation as set out 

in clause 2(g). 

(i) A&K Guaranteed Departures 

All Luxury Small Group Journeys and Immersive Journeys are 

guaranteed to operate with a minimum of two (2) persons. Guaranteed 

departures will operate except in cases of Force Majeure, which could 

include any major world event adversely affecting international travel 

patterns. If only two, three or four people are booked, we will advise 

you three months before travel and check that you are happy to 

travel even if numbers do not increase or whether you would prefer a 

departure with more guests booked. If only one person is booked we 

will offer alternative dates at the same price. A Naturalist’s Guide to 

Madagascar is subject to minimum numbers.

(j) Design your Day SM (DYD) 

Immersive Journeys allow you to select guiding experiences on a 

designated day from a choice of options. Each DYD experience 

is subject to availability and may require a minimum number of 

travellers in order to operate. If the minimum number of travellers 

have not selected your experience you will be offered an alternative 

experience. Some DYD experiences may have a maximum number 

of travellers. If your selected experience is already fully booked an 

alternative from the menu will be offered. 

3. ABERCROMBIE & KENT PRICE POLICY 

(a) We reserve the right to alter the prices of any of the holidays shown 

in our brochure or on our website. You will be advised of the current 

price of the holiday that you wish to book before your contract is 

confirmed. 

(b) When you make your booking you must pay a deposit, see 

section 1(b) for relevant deposits. The balance of the price of your 

travel arrangements must be paid by the date indicated on your 

confirmation. If the deposit and/or balance is not paid in time, we shall 

cancel your travel arrangements. If the balance is not paid in time we 

shall retain your deposit. 

(c) In respect of any booking covered by our ATOL, all monies you pay 

to the travel agent are held by them on behalf and for the benefit of the 

Trustees of the Air Travel Trust at all times. This is subject to the agent’s 

obligation to pay it to us for so long as we do not fail. If we fail, any 

money held at that time by the agent, or subsequently accepted from 

you by the agent, is and continues to be held on behalf of and for the 

benefit of the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust without any obligation to 

pay that money to us. 

(d) The Company is under no obligation to give a breakdown of the 

costs involved in a holiday. 

(e) The Company reserves the right to notify you of an increase in 

the brochure or advertised price before accepting your booking and 

prices may go up or down. While we do our utmost to avoid such a 

scenario, due to human or computer error there may on occasion be 

an incorrect price shown in a brochure or online. When we become 

aware of any such error, we will endeavour to notify you at the time of 

booking (if we are then aware of the mistake) or within seven (7) days 

of the time of booking, or as soon as reasonably possible. We do have 

to reserve all our rights in a situation such as this which may include 

cancelling a holiday if the actual price applicable to the holiday is not 

acceptable to you. We will of course allow you to amend your holiday 

with us, if you so wish, to an alternative holiday at the correct price. 

(f) We reserve the right to increase the price of confirmed holidays 

solely to allow for increases which are a direct consequence of changes 

in: 

a. the price of the carriage of passengers resulting from the cost of fuel 

or other power sources; 

b. the level of taxes or fees chargeable for services applicable to 

the holiday imposed by third parties not directly involved in the 

performance of the holiday, including tourist taxes, landing taxes or 

embarkation or disembarkation fees at ports and airports; and 

c. the exchange rates relevant to the package. 

Such variations could include but are not limited to airline cost 

changes which are part of our contracts with airlines (and their agents), 

cruise ship operators and any other transport providers. 

(g) We will absorb and you will not be charged for any increase 

equivalent to 2% of the price of your travel arrangements, which 

excludes insurance premiums and any amendment charges and/or 

additional services or travel arrangements. You will be charged for 

the amount over and above that. However, if this means that you have 

to pay an increase of more than 8% of the price of your confirmed 

holiday (excluding any insurance premiums, amendment charges and/ 

or additional services or travel arrangements), you will have the option 

of accepting a change to another holiday if we are able to offer one (if 

this is of equivalent or higher quality you will not have to pay more but 

if it is of lower quality you will be refunded the difference in price), or 

cancelling and receiving a full refund of all monies paid to us, except 

for any insurance premiums and any amendment charges and/or 

additional services or travel arrangements. Should you decide to cancel 

for this reason, you must exercise your right to do so within seven (7) 

days from the issue date printed on your final invoice. We will consider 

an appropriate refund of insurance premiums paid if you can show 

that you are unable to transfer or reuse your policy. 

(h) Should the price of your holiday go down due to the changes 

mentioned above, then any refund due will be paid to you less 

an administrative fee of £10. However, please note that travel 

arrangements are not always purchased in local currency and some 

apparent changes have no impact on the price of your travel due to 

contractual and other protection in place. 

(i) There will be no change made to the price of your confirmed 

holiday within 20 days of your departure nor will refunds be paid 

during this period. 

4. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE COMPANY 

(a) The Company applies all reasonable checks to ensure that those 

involved in the preparation and provision of your holiday maintain the 

appropriate standards. 

(b) We will accept responsibility for the arrangements we agree to 

provide or arrange for you as an “organiser” under the Package Travel 

and Linked Travel Arrangements Regulations 2018, as set out below 

and as such, we are responsible for the proper provision of all travel 

services included in your package, as set out in your Confirmation 

Invoice. The descriptions, information and opinions given in our 

brochures or on the website by the Company in respect of the airlines, 

hotels and other suppliers whose services are used are given in good 

faith, based on the latest information available at the time of printing. 

The Company accepts liability for any loss you may suffer if due to fault 

on our part, or that of our agents or suppliers, any part of the holiday 

arrangements you book with the Company before your departure is 

not as described in our brochure, on our website, or itinerary or not of 

a reasonable standard and we don’t remedy or resolve your complaint 

within a reasonable period of time, and this has affected the enjoyment 

of your package holiday, in such circumstances you may be entitled 

to an appropriate price reduction or compensation or both. You must 

inform us without undue delay of any failure to perform or improper 

performance of the travel services included in this package. The 

Company limits its liability in respect of these claims to a maximum 

of three times the holiday cost. Subject to the conditions set out below, 

The Company also accepts liability if you or any member of your party 

suffers death or personal injury as a direct result of the negligence of 

the Company or its suppliers. However, these acceptances of liability 

do not apply if there has been no fault on the part of the Company 

or its servants, agents, or suppliers or if, the loss, death or personal 

injury suffered is attributable to (i) your own acts or omissions, (ii) 

the acts or omissions of a third party not involved in providing the 

services which make up your holiday and which were unavoidable and 

extraordinary or (iii) Force Majeure. In addition, where claims do not 

involve personal injury or death, they are also conditional upon you 

following the procedures for notification of complaints set out in clause 

11, and upon you assigning to the Company any right you may have 

against any other person whose acts or omissions have given rise to 

the Company’s liability. Nothing in the above shall limit or exclude the 

Company’s liability for fraud or for death or personal injury caused by 

negligence, or to the extent otherwise not permitted by law. 

(c) The Company’s liability to compensate you and the amount of such 

compensation is subject to the following limitations. First, in the case 

of damage other than death, illness or personal injury, compensation is 

restricted to a reasonable amount having regard to such factors as, inter 

alia, the holiday cost and the extent to which the enjoyment of your 

holiday can be said to have been affected. Second, if any failure in your 

holiday arrangements relates to, or if you or any member in your party 

is killed, injured or becomes ill during or as a result of, carriage by 

aircraft, ship, train or coach forming part of the holiday arrangements 

booked with us before your departure from the UK, our liability to 

pay compensation and/or the amount of compensation we will pay is 

limited as if we were the carrier under any international convention 

which governs such services. International Conventions which may 

apply include: in respect of carriage by air, the Montreal Convention 

1999 or the Warsaw Convention 1929 (including as amended by 

the Hague Protocol of 1955 and by any of the Montreal Additional 

Protocol of 1975); in respect of carriage by sea, the Athens Convention 

1974; in respect of rail carriage, the Berne/Cotif Convention 1980; 

and in respect of carriage by road the Geneva Convention 1973. The 

terms of these conventions are incorporated into and form part of your 

contract with us. In respect of death or personal injury, the liability 

of an air carrier under the Montreal Convention and the Warsaw 

Convention is limited to damage sustained caused by an accident 

which takes place onboard the aircraft or in the course of any of the 

operations of embarking or disembarking. You can get copies of the 

relevant conventions if you ask us for them. You should also note that 

these conventions may limit or remove the carrier’s liability to you and 

the amount which the carrier has to pay you. You should also know 

that the carrier will rely upon its ‘conditions of carriage’ which may 

limit or remove the carrier’s liability to you and limit compensation 

under international conventions. 

(d) Our suppliers (such as accommodation or transport providers) 

have their own booking conditions or conditions of carriage, and these 

conditions are binding between you and the supplier. Some of these 

conditions may limit or remove the relevant transport provider’s or 

other supplier’s liability to you. You can get copies of such conditions 

from our offices, or the offices of the relevant supplier. 

(e) If we make any payment to you or any member of your party for 

death, personal injury or illness, you must co-operate fully with us in 

seeking recovery of any payment we make. 

(f) Operational decisions may be taken by air carriers and airports 

resulting in delays, diversions or rescheduling. Abercrombie & Kent 

has no control over such decisions, and is therefore unable to accept 

responsibility for them. Where, as a result of circumstances beyond our 

control, we are obliged to change or end your holiday after departure, 

but before the end of your holiday, we will not pay compensation or 

reimburse you for expenses incurred. We strongly recommend you 

have adequate travel insurance for your holiday and should claim 

via your insurance company for any loss or damage to luggage and/ 

or personal possessions. In the event that any claim is made directly 

with us, our liability to pay compensation and/or the amount of 

compensation will be limited in accordance with the conventions 

referred to in (c) above. 

(g) If you suffer death, injury or illness during your holiday arising out 

of an activity which does not form part of the inclusive arrangements 

booked with the Company, the Company will offer assistance where 

appropriate and in its sole discretion. This assistance must be requested 

within 90 days of your misadventure and will be limited to general 

advice and/or assistance with legal fees up to £5,000 per party, such 

contributions to be repaid to the Company out of any judgment or 

insurance payment you subsequently obtain. 

(h) Where it is impossible for you to return to your departure point as 

per the agreed return date of your package, due to “unavoidable and 

extraordinary circumstances”, we shall provide you with any necessary 

accommodation (where possible, of a comparable standard) for a 

period not exceeding three nights per person. If the circumstances 

continue beyond a three-night period our responsibility under this 

clause will cease and you will need to claim upon your travel insurance 

where you are able to do so. Please note that the three-night cap 

does not apply to persons with reduced mobility, pregnant women 

or unaccompanied minors, nor to persons needing specific medical 

assistance, provided we have been notified of these particular needs 

at least 48 hours before the start of your holiday. For the purposes 

of this clause, “unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances” mean 

warfare, acts of terrorism, significant risks to human health such as the 

outbreak of serious disease at the travel destination or natural disasters 

such as floods, earthquakes or weather conditions which make it 

impossible to travel safely back to your departure point. 

5. YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES 

(a) Make yourself travel aware – before making a booking, please 

consult the travel advice produced by the government of your home 

jurisdiction, as well as that of the government who issued the passport 

and/or visa you intend to travel under. 

Also ensure you make yourself familiar with the Foreign & 

Commonwealth Office advice on staying safe and healthy on your 

trip – gov.uk/travelaware. Advice can change, so always check regularly 

for the latest updates. 

(b) If the Foreign Office advises that people should not visit a 

particular country, we will act on this advice. US residents who 

are planning a holiday with us should be aware that the US State 

Department issues a travel warning when, based on all relevant 

information, it determines that Americans should avoid travel to 

or within a certain nation. The State Department maintains a list of 

nations under a travel warning on its website at: http://travel.state.gov/ 

travel/cis_pa_tw/tw/tw_1764.html. American travellers are advised to 

check this before making a booking. 

(c) In the event of active government advice and warnings against 

travel to a specific destination or location(s) of a trip, should the 

traveller still choose to travel, notwithstanding such travel advisory or 

warning, the traveller assumes all risks of loss, personal injury, death 

or property damage from any event that may arise out of or associated 

with the travel advice or warnings given. The Company strongly 

recommends you do not travel against Foreign Office Travel or US 

State Department Travel advice and warnings as they are given for 

your safety and security. 

(d) It is important that you check the details on your Confirmation 

Invoice when you receive it. In the event of any discrepancy, you 

should contact the Company or your travel agent. 

(e) General information concerning passport, visa and health 

requirements applicable to UK Citizens is set out in our literature. 

However, such requirements are subject to change and you must check 

current requirements before departure. Passports for British Citizens 

are valid for travel to any EU country up to and including the passport 

expiry date. Many countries outside of the EU require that passengers’ 

passports are valid for at least six months after the completion of their 

journey, and/or contains blank pages (for visas). Please visit gov.uk/ 

foreign-travel-advice for advice by country. Some destinations also 

require visas and additional documentation and you should contact 

the Embassy or Consulate of the country which you are planning to 

visit in good time before you travel. Further information is available 

from Visa Central (http://visacentral.co.uk/). You should also contact 

your medical advisor or a specialist vaccination centre for details of 

the measures you will need to take prior to departure. All children 

should travel on full passports. It is your responsibility to obtain all 

documents required for your holiday, including passports, visas, health 

certificates and international driving licences, to ensure that these are 

in proper order and to take them with you. We recommend that if 

you are travelling with a child that does not share your surname, in 

order to minimise the possibility of disruption to your travel plans, you 

travel with documentation that proves your relationship to the child 

as well as documentation that proves you have permission to travel 

with them. The Company cannot be held responsible should you or 

any member of your travelling party be denied entry to a country due 

to non-compliance with these requirements. Please consult the travel 

advice produced by the government of your home jurisdiction, as well 

as that of the government who issued the passport and/or visa you 

intend to travel under for further details. We will not be liable to make 

any refund or pay compensation if you or any member of your party 

is unable to proceed with the holiday as planned because of incorrect 

or missing personal documents, or any other failure to meet passport, 

visa or immigration requirements. 

(f) Approximately seven (7) days before departure you will receive 

your flight tickets together with other information concerning your 

holiday. Please ensure that you check the names and flight timings 

on your tickets carefully and contact us immediately if you have any 

queries. The correct timings, using the 24-hour clock system, may have 

been adjusted since you received your Confirmation Invoice. 

(g) You are responsible for checking-in for flights at the correct time 

and for presenting yourself to take up all pre-booked components of 

your holiday. The Company cannot accept responsibility for clients 

missing flights as a result of late check-ins and no credit or refunds will 

be given if you fail to take up any component of your holiday. No credit 

or refunds will be given for lost, mislaid or destroyed travel documents. 

(h) Most people go on holiday for rest and relaxation, so if in our 

reasonable opinion or that of any airline pilot, hotel manager, tour 

leader or other person in authority, your behaviour is causing danger, 

damage to property or persistently affecting the enjoyment of others, 

we reserve the right to terminate your holiday. Should this happen no 

refund or compensation would be paid. 

(i) If you lose any personal items whilst on holiday, please obtain a 

written report from the police, to help with any insurance claim upon 

your return. 

(j) You are responsible for the costs of any damage to the 

accommodation and/or any extra charges incurred with our suppliers 

during your holiday. Should you fail to make such payment at the time 

the charges and/or costs are incurred, you will be liable to reimburse us 

for these and you authorise the Company to automatically debit your 

credit card to the value instructed by the supplier for any such costs 

and/or charges. 

6. INSURANCE 

We cannot emphasise enough the importance of purchasing 

comprehensive travel insurance prior to date of travel. This insurance 

should be commensurate to the value of your booking, and cover 

cancellation and curtailment, all medical expenses including 

evacuation/repatriation, personal baggage, personal liability, death 

and permanent disability and travel document insurance. If you suffer 

from a disability or medical condition, you should disclose this to 

insurers. For those who participate in sports and activities whilst on 

holiday that have been organised and arranged independently of us, 

it should be understood that participation is at the individual’s own 

risk and it is your responsibility to obtain the relevant insurance. Note 

that special insurance may be required if you intend to scuba dive or 

undertake any other dangerous or sports activities. Please keep your 

insurance details with you whilst on holiday. 

7. AIRLINES & OTHER SUPPLIERS 

(a) As between you and the suppliers of the transport, accommodation 

and other components making up your holiday, the conditions of the 

supplier will apply. These conditions may be subject to international 

Conventions which limit and/or restrict the suppliers’ liability. (Copies 

are available on request – please allow 28 days). Under EU law you 

have rights in some circumstances to refunds and/or compensation 

from your airline in cases of denied boarding, cancellation or delay to 

flights. Full details of these rights will be publicised at EU airports, and 

will also be available from your airline. Reimbursement in these cases 

is the responsibility of the airline and will not automatically entitle 

you to refund of your holiday cost from the Company. Your rights 

to compensation from the Company is set out in clause 2(g). If your 

airline does not acknowledge your rights, you should complain to the 

Civil Aviation Authority at caa.co.uk/ 

(b) Transport timings are provided by the carrier concerned and 

are subject to such matters as weather conditions, maintenance 

requirements, the ability of passengers to check-in on time and, in the 

case of flights, to air traffic control restrictions. Accordingly, the times 

of flights and other forms of transport are estimates only and cannot 

be guaranteed. 

(c) As airlines regularly overbook, we recommend that you check 

in online as soon as you are notified by the airline that check-in is 

available or 24 hours before departure. If you do not check-in online or 

are unable to, we recommend that you arrive at the airport three hours 

prior to departure as airlines have been known to reallocate seats in 

the event of late arrivals. The Company is unable to check you in and 

it is your responsibility to ensure that you are checked in within the 

appropriate time. The Company is not responsible or liable if you are 

downgraded an airline class as a result of the airline overbooking the 

class in which you are booked. Seat reservations are at the discretion 

of the airline and may be changed at any time without notice. 

(d) The majority of airlines have introduced a total smoking ban on 

most or all of their flights. Please ask before booking if this information 

is important to you. 

(e) The European Commission publishes a list of airlines that are 

subject to an operating ban within European air space. To view the 

list, go to http://ec.europa.eu/transport/modes/air/safety/air-ban/ 

index_en.htm or search for “banned airlines” at europa.eu. 


Some itineraries may include one of the following airlines: 

LAM (LINHAS AÉREAS DE MOÇAMBIQUE S.A.) 

Coastal Aviation 

Tara Air 

Fishtail 

Yeti 

Buddha Air 

(f) Some activities carry inherent risks and if you are participating in 

such activities you may be asked to sign an additional form by the local 

supplier. In rare cases beginners may have to take lessons at a charge 

before being permitted to use hotel equipment otherwise offered free. 

8. EXCURSIONS 

Please note that when you book an excursion locally you contract with 

the local company providing that excursion and not the Company. 

The Company has no legal liability for anything that goes wrong on 

such an excursion and any claim which you might have arising out of 

the excursion will be against the relevant local company and subject 

to the local company’s terms and conditions. The Company will, at its 

discretion, offer advice, guidance and assistance if you or any member 

of your party suffer death, illness or injury arising out of an activity 

which does not form part of your holiday with the Company, or an 

excursion arranged locally. Where legal action is contemplated and 

you want the Company’s assistance, you must obtain the Company’s 

written consent prior to commencement of proceedings. The 

Company’s consent will be given subject to you undertaking to assign 

any costs, or benefits received and any relevant insurance policy to the 

Company. We limit the cost of the Company’s assistance to you or any 

member of your party to £5,000. 

9. DATA PROTECTION 

(a) In order to process your booking and to ensure that your travel 

arrangements run smoothly and meet your requirements, we need 

to use the information you provide such as your name, and address, 

any special needs/dietary requirements etc. We take full responsibility 

for ensuring that proper security measures are in place to protect 

your information. We must pass the information on to the relevant 

suppliers of your travel arrangements such as airlines, hotels, transport 

companies and so on. The information may also be provided to 

security or credit checking companies, public authorities such as 

customs and immigration if required by them, or as required by law. 

Additionally, where your holiday is outside the European Economic 

Area (EEA), controls on data protection in your destination may 

not be as strong as the legal requirements in this country. We will 

not however, pass any information on to any person not responsible 

for part of your travel arrangements. This applies to any sensitive 

information that you give to us such as details of any disabilities, 

or dietary/religious requirements. If, however, we cannot pass this 

information to the relevant suppliers, whether in the EEA or not, we 

cannot accept your booking. In making a booking, you consent to this 

information being passed on to the relevant persons. Please note that 

where information is also held by your travel agent, this is subject to 

your agents’ own data protection policy. You are entitled to a copy of 

your information held by us. If you would like to see this please contact 

the Company during normal working hours. 

(b) The information you are required to provide may include debit/ 

credit card details. As set out above, we take full responsibility for 

ensuring that proper security measures are in place to protect this 

information. In accordance with applicable legal, regulatory and 

business requirements this information will be securely deleted as soon 

as it is no longer required. However, it is necessary for the Company 

to retain your debit/credit card details for a reasonable period of time 

after the conclusion of your holiday, and you consent to such retention, 

in the event that any costs referred to in clause 5(j) above are incurred 

and you fail to settle these directly with the supplier, in order that the 

Company can debit your card for the relevant amount. This will be 

reviewed on a regular basis to ensure that the information is not kept 

longer than is strictly necessary for the purposes set out above. 

10. ILLNESS AND DISABILITY 

If you or any member of your party suffer from a disability or other 

medical condition please tell us before you book. Abercrombie & 

Kent is happy to give you advice and to try to assist you in choosing 

a holiday that will meet your requirements. However, most of our 

holidays are in destinations which are off the beaten track and lack 

even the simplest facilities for disabled guests such as ramps for 

wheelchairs, lifts and so on. Many of our holidays require a fair degree 

of physical fitness. Medical facilities may not be readily available. In 

order to assist you we must be provided prior to booking with full 

written details regarding your medical condition and any special 

requirements which result from this. An appropriate medical form 

will be sent to you for this purpose. Air travel can cause problems for 

some people with circulatory or bronchial problems, such as deep 

vein thrombosis. It is inadvisable for anyone with high blood pressure 

or respiratory problems to visit high altitudes. You should consult 

your doctor for advice before you book and in good time before your 

departure. 

11. IF YOU HAVE A PROBLEM 

(a) If you are unhappy with any aspect of the Company’s arrangements 

while you are on holiday, you must address your complaint 

immediately to the Company’s local representative (or, if none, to the 

Company by contacting the Duty Manager on +44 207 998 4141) 

and to the management of the hotel or other supplier whose services 

are involved. They will do their best to rectify the situation. It is 

unreasonable to take no action whilst on holiday, but then to write 

a letter of complaint upon return. If the problem cannot be resolved 

locally and you wish to complain, full details must be sent to the 

Company in writing to arrive within 30 days of your return. We will 

do our best to investigate and reply to you within 28 days of receipt of 

your letter. Failure to take either of these steps will deny the Company 

the opportunity to resolve the problem immediately and/or investigate 

it properly. In consequence, this may affect your rights under this 

contract. 

(b) In the rare event of a dispute which cannot be amicably settled, it 

may (if you wish) use ABTA’s approved Alternative Dispute Resolution 

(ADR) scheme, available through abta.com which, though devised 

by arrangement with the Association of British Travel Agents, is 

administered quite independently by the Centre for Effective Dispute 

Resolution (CEDR). The scheme (details of which will be supplied on 

request) provides for a simple and inexpensive method of arbitration 

on documents alone, with restricted liability on holidaymakers in 

respect of costs. The scheme does not apply to claims for an amount 

greater than £5,000 per person or £25,000 per party, neither does it 

apply to claims which are solely or mainly in respect of physical injury, 

illness, nervous shock, death or their consequences. The scheme can, 

however, deal with compensation claims which include an element of 

minor injury or illness subject to a limit of £1,500 on the amount the 

arbitrator can award per person in respect of this element. Application 

for arbitration under this scheme must be made within 18 months of 

the date of return from the holiday, otherwise it will only be available 

if we agree, but the ABTA Code does not require such agreement from 

us. For injury and illness claims, you can request the ABTA Mediation 

Procedure and we have the option to agree to mediation. 

12. GOVERNING LAW 

This contract and any matters arising from it are governed by the laws 

of England and Wales and are subject to the jurisdiction of the Courts 

of England and Wales. 

13. DESCRIPTIONS 

Every effort is made to ensure that the details, description and prices 

contained in company literature are correct, based on inspections, and 

information passed to the Company by its suppliers. However, changes 

do occur, sometimes at short notice and therefore the Company 

will advise you at the time of booking, or if after booking as soon as 

possible of any such changes to our published information. It is not 

always possible for the Company to control all elements of the holiday 

whereby advertised facilities can sometimes become unavailable at 

short notice due to inclement weather conditions, lack of demand, 

emergency repair works etc. 

14. FINANCIAL PROTECTION 

We provide full financial protection for our package holidays. 

We provide financial security for flight-inclusive packages by way of 

our Air Travel Organiser’s Licence number 2881, issued by the Civil 

Aviation Authority, Gatwick Airport South, West Sussex, RH6 0YR, 

UK, telephone 0333 103 6350, email: claims@caa.co.uk. 

When you buy an ATOL protected flight or flight-inclusive holiday 

from us you will receive an ATOL Certificate. This lists what is 

financially protected, where you can get information on what this 

means for you and who to contact if things go wrong. We, or the 

suppliers identified on your ATOL Certificate, will provide you with 

the services listed on the ATOL Certificate (or a suitable alternative). 

In some cases, where neither we nor the supplier are able to do so 

for reasons of insolvency, an alternative ATOL holder may provide 

you with the services you have bought or a suitable alternative (at no 

extra cost to you). You agree to accept that in those circumstances the 

alternative ATOL holder will perform those obligations and you agree 

to pay any money outstanding to be paid by you under your contract 

to that alternative ATOL holder. However, you also agree that in some 

cases it will not be possible to appoint an alternative ATOL holder, 

in which case you will be entitled to make a claim under the ATOL 

scheme (or your credit card issuer where applicable). 

If we, or the suppliers identified on your ATOL certificate, are unable 

to provide the services listed (or a suitable alternative, through an 

alternative ATOL holder or otherwise) for reasons of insolvency, the 

Trustees of the Air Travel Trust may make a payment to (or confer a 

benefit on) you under the ATOL scheme. You agree that in return for 

such a payment or benefit you assign absolutely to those Trustees any 

claims which you have or may have arising out of or relating to the 

non-provision of the services, including any claim against us, the travel 

agent (or your credit card issuer where applicable). You also agree that 

any such claims may be re-assigned to another body, if that other body 

has paid sums you have claimed under the ATOL scheme. 

When you buy a package holiday that doesn’t include a flight, 

protection is provided by way of a bond held by ABTA Ltd, The Travel 

Association, 30 Park Street, London, SE1 9EQ, abta.co.uk. 

Abercrombie & Kent is a member of ABTA (number V6398) and 

holds an ATOL Licence (number 2881) issued by the Civil Aviation 

Authority. We are obliged to maintain a high standard of service to you 

by ABTA’s Code of Conduct. For further information about ABTA, 

The Code of Conduct and the arbitration scheme available to you, or 

if you have a complaint, contact ABTA, 30 Park Street, London SE1 

9EQ. Tel: 0203 117 0500 or abta.com. For further information, visit 

abta.com. 

15. PROMPT ASSISTANCE 

If, whilst you are on holiday, you find yourself in difficulty for any 

reason, we will offer you such prompt assistance as is appropriate in 

the circumstances. In particular, we will provide you with appropriate 

information on health services, local authorities and consular 

assistance, and assistance with distance communications and finding 

alternative travel arrangements. Where you require assistance which is 

not owing to any failure by us, our employees or sub-contractors, we 

will not be liable for the costs of any alternative travel arrangements 

or other such assistance you require. Any supplier, airline or other 

transport supplier may however pay for or provide refreshments and/ 

or appropriate accommodation and you should make a claim directly 

to them. Subject to the other terms of these Booking Conditions, we 

will not be liable for any costs, fees or charges you incur in the above 

circumstances, if you fail to obtain our prior authorisation before 

making your own travel arrangements. Furthermore, we reserve 

the right to charge you a fee for our assistance in the event that the 

difficulty is caused intentionally by you or a member of your party, or 

otherwise through your or your party’s negligence. 

16. FORCE MAJEURE 

Except where otherwise expressly stated in these Booking Conditions 

we will not be liable or pay you compensation if our contractual 

obligations to you are affected by “Force Majeure”. For the purposes 

of these Booking Conditions, Force Majeure means any event beyond 

our or our supplier’s control, the consequences of which could not 

have been avoided even if all reasonable measures had been taken. 

Examples include warfare and acts of terrorism (and threat thereof), 

civil strife, significant risks to human health such as the outbreak of 

serious disease at the travel destination or natural disasters such as 

floods, earthquakes or weather conditions which make it impossible to 

travel safely to the travel destination or remain at the travel destination, 

the act of any government or other national or local authority 

including port or river authorities, industrial dispute, labour strikes, 

lock closure, natural or nuclear disaster, fire, chemical or biological 

disaster, unavoidable technical problems with transport and all similar 

events outside our or the supplier(s) concerned’s control. 

Brexit Implications: please note that certain travel arrangements 

may be affected as a result of the United Kingdom’s decision to leave 

the European Union. This could include an unavailability of certain 

flight routes, access to certain ports and airports and changes to the 

visa requirements of British citizens travelling to, within or through 

the EU. Please rest assured that this is something we will continue 

to monitor and will advise our customers as soon as possible if we 

become aware of any confirmed bookings that will be affected. 

However, since this is something which is completely unprecedented 

and outside our control, we would treat any such changes as Force 

Majeure, and whilst we will endeavour to provide suitable alternative 

arrangements or refunds where possible, we will not be liable to pay 

you any compensation. 

16. PHOTOGRAPHY DURING TRAVEL 

The Company reserves the right to take photographs during the 

operation of any programme or part thereof and to use them for 

promotional purposes. By booking a programme with the Company, 

guests agree to allow their images to be used in such photographs. 

Guests who prefer that their images not be used are asked to identify 

themselves to their tour director at the beginning of their programme. 

17. CHILD POLICY 

The minimum age is 10 years old unless noted on the itinerary and 

all children under age 18 must be accompanied by an adult. Some 

activities contained within an itinerary may have a different age 

restriction than the overall minimum age requirement. Details will 

be provided at the time of booking. The Company reserves the right 

to marginally exceed the published maximum group size on Family 

journeys to accommodate a family. 

WHAT YOUR HOLIDAY PRICE INCLUDES 

•• 

All accommodation, meals and fully guided sightseeing (including 

park and entrance fees) as noted in the itinerary 

•• 

Airport transfers to/from hotel in the first/last published city 

regardless of day of arrival and departure (for Luxury Expedition 

Cruises, departure transfer is from the ship to the airport on day of 

departure only) 

•• 

Services of A&K tour director or appropriate guide on extensions 

•• 

Coffee/tea/soft drinks/water at included meals; local wine and 

beer at welcome and farewell dinners; local bottled water during 

sightseeing 

•• 

Porterage of two (2) pieces of baggage – Luxury Small Group 

Journeys only 

•• 

Complimentary internet access (Immersive Journeys & Luxury 

Small Group Journeys only – where available on land, service levels 

are not guaranteed) 

•• 

Hotel taxes 

•• 

Gratuities throughout, except to the tour director/extension guide/ 

safari driver-guides 

Luxury Small Group Journeys Additional Inclusions: A&K’s 

Travelling Bellboy SM service is provided; however, because of security 

regulations, this service may be limited at airports, rail stations and 

points of embarkation for cruises. A&K’s Traveller’s Valet SM includes 

laundry service for five (5) pieces on journeys of 10 days or less and 

eight (8) pieces on journeys over 10 days (except Mount Kilimanjaro 

and Galápagos programmes and extensions). Dry cleaning is not 

included. 

Immersive Journeys Additional Inclusions: Design your Day SM 

optional sightseeing and guiding, scenic sundowner 

Expedition Cruises Additional Inclusions: Complimentary standard 

bar drinks, beer, house wine, soft drinks, coffee, juices and bottled 

water (excluding premium wines and champagnes) while on board; all 

shore excursions and full lecture programme while on board; services 

of an A&K expedition staff and local guides; gratuities for the ship’s 

crew and A&K expedition staff, a complimentary expedition parka and 

backpack provided on board; and a post-cruise expedition logbook. 

Africa Journeys Additional Inclusions: Medical evacuation 

service, when available, including air transportation to medical care 

facilities, is included within Kenya, Tanzania, Botswana, Zambia and 

Zimbabwe. For Climbing Kilimanjaro: Summiting the Machame 

Route programme participants, medical evacuation is included from 

the foot of Mount Kilimanjaro to Nairobi. Hospitalisation and medical 

expenses are at an additional cost. 

YOUR HOLIDAY PRICE DOES NOT INCLUDE 

•• 

International flights – where flights are included, they will be 

economy class air travel unless otherwise specified. (World Traveller 

Plus, Business and First Class travel supplements available) 

•• 

United Kingdom passenger duty – included where levied in 

connection with flights booked by Abercrombie & Kent 

•• 

Free baggage allowance – full details will be supplied with your 

itinerary. Normally on Intercontinental flights, Economy Class 

passengers are allowed 20kg of luggage, 30kg per person in 

Business Class and 40kg per person in First Class 

•• 

Normal local flight baggage restrictions – some of our arrangements 

utilise local domestic airlines and charter flights operating small 

aircraft with restrictions on baggage allowance. Full details will be 

supplied with your itinerary 

•• 

Passport or visa costs, porterage & holiday insurance 

•• 

Overseas departure taxes – where these are levied and payable 

locally by the client 

•• 

Sightseeing tours – except where specified in the itinerary 

•• 

Personal expenditure – on such items as drinks, laundry, room 

service, telephone calls etc., and any related tax and service charge 

•• 

Excess baggage charges 

•• 

Gratuities to the A&K tour director/extension guide/ 

safari driver-guides 

•• 

Meals other than those specified in the itinerary 

•• 

Beverages other than those noted in inclusions above 

•• 

Optional activities (which are subject to availability) 

•• 

Government levies or taxes – any government levies or taxes 

introduced after the publication of company literature 

•• 

Domestic flights where applicable 


THREE MORE UNIQUE WAYS TO TRAVEL WITH 

A&K ON ESCORTED SMALL-GROUP TOURS 

WINGS OVER THE WORLD 

A&K’s Escorted Tours elevated – Wings Over the World is our name for a 

higher calibre of small-group journeys, one that shows off each destination 

at its luxurious, inspiring best. Travel by chartered private plane with a 

maximum group size of no more than 20 guests. With no commercial air 

travel involved, distances dissolve and the way is cleared for comprehensive 

itineraries that never lose the sense of enriching, unhurried discovery that 

has always been an A&K hallmark. Enjoy convenient departure and arrival 

times that work with your itinerary – as well as VIP service both on the 

ground and in the air from your dedicated flight crew on some tours – 

and savour the added time for exploring each destination. 

PRIVATE JET 

To travel on an A&K Private Jet Journey is to experience 

the ultimate in inspiring adventure, incorporating 

everything we have experienced in our more than 55 

years as the world’s luxury travel pioneer. Your small 

group of 50 like-minded individuals travels on an 

exclusive itinerary packed with immersive insider-access 

opportunities, fine dining and invitation-only cultural 

events. Jet from one destination to the next aboard 

a chartered Boeing 757 with fully lie-flat, first-class 

seats and featuring a staff of expert tour managers, a 

dedicated flight crew, an executive chef and an onboard 

physician. Finish each day in refined, perfectly located 

accommodation. Experience a journey that combines 

luxury, authenticity, and expertise as only A&K can. 

CULTURAL CRUISES 

Our Cultural Cruises are all-inclusive, the A&K way. That means we take care of everything 

so that you can fully enjoy every breathtaking moment of your adventure. Whether sailing 

the Mediterranean or the Sea of Japan with our award-winning expedition team and local 

guides, you can look forward to: engaging lectures; special events; and a selection of curated 

shore excursions – all included. We’ve handpicked the finest luxury cruise vessels, and 

designed itineraries that allow our passengers to visit the key highlights, and the hidden 

treasures, throughout each trip. 

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, PLEASE VISIT ABERCROMBIEKENT.CO.UK/PRIVATEJET

Abercrombie & Kent Ltd. 

St George’s House, Ambrose Street, Cheltenham, Gloucestershire, GL50 3LG 

101 St Martin’s Lane, London, WC2N 4AZ 

Call us on 01242 547 892 or visit abercrombiekent.co.uk 

Cheltenham opening hours: Monday to Friday: 09.00–19.00; Saturday: 10.00–19.00; Sunday: 12.00–18.00 

London opening hours: Monday to Friday: 09.00–17.30 

You are welcome to visit us in our Cheltenham or London offices, or alternatively call into one of our boutique stores: 

Abercrombie & Kent at Harrods 

Lower Ground Floor, Harrods, 87–135 Brompton Road, London, SW1X 7XL 

Call A&K at Harrods on 020 7173 6440 

Opening hours: Monday to Saturday: 10.00–20.00; Sunday: 12.00–18.00 

Abercrombie & Kent Monaco 

Monte Carlo Palace, 7 Boulevard des Moulins, Monaco, 98000 

Call A&K Monaco on +377 97 98 53 33 

Opening hours: Monday to Friday: 09.00–18.00

Abercrombie and Kent: Escorted Tours 2019-2020

Transform your PDFs into Flipbooks and boost your revenue!

Delete template?

Save as template ?